ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS
PART I—ACCOUNTING RESPONSIBILITIES
Regulation
1. Accountability of public
officers
2. Chief Accounting Officer of
Government
3. Other duties of the Chief
Accounting Officer
4. The Accounting Class
5. Posting within the Accounting
Class
6. Treasury Offices
7. Accounts staff in departments
8. Discipline of accounts staff in
departments
9. Supervision of the work of
accounts staff
10. Heads of departments
11. Financial duties of a head of
department
12. Business transacted on behalf
of other departments
13. Departmental accounts
14. Departmental Accounting
Instructions
15. Approval of Departmental
Accounting Institutions
16. Delegation of financial duties
by a head of department
17. Sub-delegation
18. Conditions under which
delegation may be made
19. Accountability of delegated
duties
20. Conformity to law and
financial regulations
21. Duty to report unsatisfactory
application of regulations
22. Exercise of judgment in
applying regulations
23. Review of discretionary action
24. Financial discipline
PART II—THE BUDGET
25. Authority of Senior Principal
Secretary
26. Budget instructions
27. Financial proposals
28. Examination of financial
proposals
29. Provision of information
30. Budget circular
31. Supplementary instructions by
ministries
32. Departmental instructions
33. Consolidated Fund revenue
estimates
34. Consolidated Fund expenditure
estimates
35. Pricing of estimates
36. New services
37. Financial implications of new
services
38. Proposals to be treated as new
services
39. Common Services
40. Establishment changes
41. New projects
42. Financial implications of new
projects
43. Approval of project as part of
capital expenditure plan
44. Minor Works
45. Proposals to be treated as new
projects
46. Continuing projects
47. Joint projects
48. Forward commitments
49. Consolidated Fund estimates of
other receipts and payments
50. Budgetary examination
51. Budget adjustments
52. Revenue collections
53. Release of funds to meet
expenditure
54. Provisional warrant
55. General warrant
56. Treasury circular
57. Recurrent
expenditure—quarterly release of
funds
58. Authority to exceed quarterly
allocations
59. General authority to vary
allocations
60. Specific warrants
61. Application for specific
warrants
62. Audit copies
63. Authority for other receipt
and payment transactions
64. Vote controllers
65. Duty to exercise budgetary
control
66. Warning of budget variations
67. Variation in project totals
68. Reporting budgetary progress
69. Expenditure according to the
estimates
70. Virement
71. Circumstances in which
virement may be authorised
72. Virement powers—Senior
Principal Secretary
73. Virement powers of head of
ministry
74. Virement powers of head of
department
75. Virement not to be used for
capital expenditure
76. Virement orders
77. Virement powers not to be
delegated
78. Revised estimates schedule
79. Content of revised estimates
schedule
80. Supplementary provision for an
existing service
81. Supplementary provision for
new services
82. Additional funds for capital
projects
83. Supplementary provision
arising from rescheduling
84. Withdrawal of provision for
rescheduled works
85. Supplementary provision
arising from increased project
costs
86. Notification of revised
estimates schedule
87. Lapse of authorities
88. Completion of the year's
financial business
89. Evasion of expenditure control
90. Double spending
91. Uncleared commitments
92. Revote warrant
93. Exclusion of minor commitments
94. Revotes to be included in the
revised estimates schedule
95. Lapse of funds and future
estimates
96. Planned savings
97. Duty to review budgetary
results
98. Duty to submit an annual
financial report
99. Schedule of excess expenditure
PART III—GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTS
100. Public accounts
101. Other government accounts
102. Interpretation and
application
103. Basis of public accounts
104. Classification of public
accounts
105. Assignment of accounts
numbers
106. Receipts and payments of the
Consolidated Fund
107. Effect of closure
108. Outstanding financial
business
109. Failure to provide statement
110. Basis of other government
accounts
111. Accounts of appropriations
112. Classification of other
government accounts
113. Departmental classification
114. Instructions pertaining to
particular cases of transactions
115. Annual report
116. Responsibility for handing
over
117. Handing-over statement
118. Taking over
119. Signature and distribution of
statements
120. Inability to hand over
121. Delay of relieving officer
122. Taking-over statement
123. Cessation of duties
124. Departmental variations
125. Internal control
126. Internal check
127. Duty to report irregularity
128. Accounting responsibility not
diminished by audit
129. Security of signatures
130. Signing blank
131. Signing blind
132. Supply of account books and
forms
133. Treasury forms
134. Guide to Treasury forms
135. Departmental forms
136. Accounting machines
137. Proprietary systems
138. Review of accounting systems
139. Posting of accounts
140. Use of ink
141. Restricted use of green ink
142. Use of pencils
143. Prohibition of erasures and
alterations
144. Amendment of figures
145. Adjusting entries
146. Alteration of audited figures
147. Fractions of one pesewa
PART IV—CONSOLIDATED FUND RECEIPTS
148. Payment into the Consolidated
Fund
149. Payments to be made gross
150. Classification of receipts
151. Responsibility for
collections
152. Appointment of supervising
collectors
153. Authorised collectors
154. Responsibility of the
Treasury Officer
155. Treasury collection
instructions
156. Appointment of sub-collectors
157. Unauthorised receipts
158. Ceremonial receipts
159. Co-operation of the public
160. Information of official
receipting arrangements
161. Hours of collection
162. Identification of collectors
163. Official receipt forms
164. Prohibition of temporary or
unauthorised forms
165. Preparation of forms
166. Detail to be recorded
167. Official stamp
168. Issue of original receipt
169. Errors in completing receipt
forms
170. Receipt forms to be issued in
sequence
171. Special departmental receipt
forms
172. Receipting machines
173. Postal remittances
174. Control of receipt forms
175. Acceptance of legal tender
176. Acceptance of cheques
177. Cheques to be payable to the
Government of Ghana and crossed.
178. Monetary instruments
requiring prior approval
179. Money and postal orders
180. Dishonoured cheques
181. Collection outside Ghana
182. Rules about acceptance of
cheques
183. Collector's cash book
184. Sub-collector's cash book
185. Security of collections
186. Information in cash book
187. Payments to collector
188. Cash check
189. Issue of collector's receipt
190. Payments to Treasury
191. Treasury check
192. Waiver of Treasury check
193. Authority of Treasury Officer
194. Location of Treasury checks
195. Checks of special systems
196. Disposal of duplicate
receipts
197. Revenue duties of head of
department
198. Control of revenue
199. Revenue accounts
200. Amounts becoming due at time
of payment
201. Duties of collecting and
accounting to be separated
202. Notice of liability to pay
revenue
203. Use of revenue accounts
204. Arrears of revenue
205. Uncollectable revenue
206. Monthly returns of revenue
207. Revenue of other departments
208. Refunds of revenue
209. Authority for refund
210. Review of revenue collection
211. Internal audit
212. Categories of transaction
213. Accounts of other receipts
214. Definition of trust money
215. Receipts to be lodged in the
Consolidated Fund.
PART V—CONSOLIDATED FUND PAYMENTS
216. Payment under authority of
law
217. Responsibility of the
Controller and Accountant-General
218. Delegation by Controller and
Accountant-General
219. Responsibility of heads of
departments
220. Classification of payments
221. Appointment of spending
officers
222. Method of appointment
223. Validation of appointment
224. Appointment of alternate
spending officer
225. Rank of spending officer
226. Authority of spending officer
227. Delegation by a spending
officer
228. Unauthorised spending
229. Authority of the Treasury
officer
230. Responsibility of the
spending officer
231. Payment vouchers
232. Signature of spending officer
233. Supporting certificates
234. Delegation
235. Accounting detail
236. Copy vouchers
237. Use of different copies
238. Loss of vouchers
239. Loss of supporting documents
240. Subsequent recovery of lost
documents
241. Payment journal
242. Information to be recorded
243. Vouchers to be endorsed
244. Presenting voucher for
authorisation
245. Other payment accounts
246. Method of payment
247. Transmitting voucher
248. Processing within the
Treasury
249. Report of delays
250. Urgent payments
251. Cash forecasts
252. Examination of vouchers
253. Defective vouchers
254. Treasury requirements for
authentication of vouchers
255. Persistent defects in
vouchers
256. Dispute as to authority for
authentication
257. Passing for payment
258. Method of payment
259. No formal request necessary
260. Notification of payee
261. Cheque order forms
262. Delivery of cheque
263. Responsibility of the paying
officer
264. Disposal of crossed cheques
265. Disposal of uncrossed cheques
266. Return of receipted duplicate
vouchers
267. Incomplete payments
268. Incapacity of the paying
officer
269. Non-working days
270. Variation of the 48-hour rule
271. Surrender of receipted
duplicates
272. Payment of bank
273. Preferred method of payment
274. Notification to payee
275. Payments inside Ghana
276. Payments outside Ghana
277. Receipts to be obtained
278. Payees
279. Payment to third parties
280. Restriction on public
officers
281. Identification of payee
282. Payment to illiterates
283. Third party payment to or on
behalf of illiterates
284. Certificates of payment
285. Accounts to be kept
286. Delegation to the chief
financial officer
287. Effective authority for
expenditure
288. Preparation of financial
encumbrance
289. Application of financial
encumbrance
290. Authority conveyed by
financial encumbrance
291. Issue of financial
encumbrances
292. Certification of financial
encumbrances
293. Distribution of certified
financial encumbrances
294. Financial encumbrances
adjustment
295. Monthly statements
296. Schedules of receipts and
payments
297. Accounts to be kept
298. Responsibility of the
spending officer
299. Commitment entries
300. Treasury record of large
orders
301. Estimated commitments
302. Commitments forms
303. Payment of bills
304. Excess commitments
305. Control of spending
306. Recovery of overpayments
307. Treasury return of
expenditure
308. Signature of the monthly
statement
309. Value for money
310. Additional accounts to be
kept
311. Instructions relating to
ancillary accounts
312. Headquarters accounts
313. Trust and other payments
PART VI—JOURNAL TRANSACTIONS
314. Non-cash transactions
315. Journal vouchers
316. Treasury Journal
317. Departmental journals
318. Class of journal entries
319. Initiation of Treasury
journal entries
320. Transaction in public
accounts not in departmental
accounts
321. Action on detection of
misallocation
322. Irregular payments
323. Transaction in other
government accounts not in public
accounts
324. Audit objections
325. Misallocations affecting
closed accounts
326. Note against entries adjusted
327. Date of entry
328. Non-cash settlement
329. Initiating journal entries
330. Method of securing
acceptances
331. Orders and acceptances
332. Failure to accept
333. Retirement of imprests
334. Journal clearance
335. Procedure
336. No adjustment after closure
of the accounts
337. Authorisation of transfer
338. Detail on voucher
339. Time-expired deposits
340. Circumstances in which
journal entries necessary
341. Responsibility for initiating
entries
PART VII—CUSTODY OF PUBLIC AND
TRUST MONEYS
342. Responsibility of the
Controller and Accountant-General
343. Custodial duties
344. Custodial duties of heads of
departments
345. Control of banking
arrangements
346. Questions arising
347. Duty to restrict cash
balances
348. Authorised cash balances
349. Determination of authorised
cash balances
350. Excess cash
351. Failure to secure excess cash
352. Private use of
balances-prohibited
353. Avoidance of cash
transactions
354. Prompt payment of wages
355. Cash to be left secured
356. Protection of cashiers
357. Equipment of cashiers
358. Security of major cash
collections
359. Cash office security
instructions
360. Access of the Auditor-General
361. Other access to instructions
362. Cash count
363. Restricted access or counting
364. Wage payments
365. Avoiding loss of working time
366. Movement of cash
367. Postal remittances
368. Application of regulations
369. Supply and installation of
safes
370. Categories of safe
371. Small safes
372. Keyholders
373. Procedure on installation
374. Deposit of keys and
combination
375. Combination holder
376. Keyholder
377. Temporary absence of
keyholder
378. Loss of keys
379. Use of duplicate keys
380. Loss procedure
381. Death or incapacity of
combination holder
382. Change of combination lock
383. Suspected interference
384. Change of keys
385. Departmental register of
safes
386. All keyholders to be present
387. Safe register
388. Overnight deposits
389. Officers likely to require
deposit facilities
390. Use of Treasury safe
391. Deposit of other valuable
articles
392. Withdrawal of items deposited
393. Verification of
contents—Category A and B safes
394. Verification of
contents—Category C and D safes
395. Other occasions when
verification necessary
396. Custody of private money or
effects prohibited
397. Purposes of departmental bank
accounts
398. Collection bank accounts
399. Designation of departmental
bank accounts
400. Opening of an account
401. Signing of cheques
402. Duty of cheque signatories
403. Alternate signatory
404. Handing over imprest bank
accounts
405. Cash books
406. Bank reconciliation
407. Internal audit
408. Identification of payments
into bank
409. Supply of cheques
410. Security of cheque books
411. Missing cheques
412. Stamping of cheque
413. Spoiled cheques
414. Payments by cheque
415. Drawing of cheques
416. Right of access
417. Bank charges
PART VIII—VALUE BOOKS
418. Definition
419. Value books in current use
420. Security printing
421. Numbering of value books
422. Responsibility of the
Controller and Accountant-General.
423. Delegation by the Controller
and Accountant-General
424. Printing and supply of
cheques
425. Records of value books
426. Main stocks
427. Subsidiary stocks
428. Station stocks
429. Stock registers
430. Issue vouchers
431. Issues in sequence
432. Stock levels
433. Internal audit
434. Source of station stocks
435. Annual forecast of
requirements
436. Consolidation of forecasts
437. Stock control
438. Station stock levels
439. Maximum and minimum stocks
440. Requisitions
441. Issues to users
442. Verification of use
443. Internal check
444. Distribution register
445. Duration of custody
446. Registered post
447. Check on delivery
448. Defective books
449. Books found defective in use
450. Personal custody by users
451. Loss of value books
452. Notification to the public
453. Value of the loss
454. Revenue losses
455. Evaluation of loss
456. Loss occasioned to the public
457. Handing over
458. Copies of value books
459. Retention of used books
PART IX—IMPRESTS
460. Definition
461. Authority to grant imprests
462. Report of imprest balances
463. Classes of imprest
464. Approval for issue of
imprests
465. Responsibility of the imprest
holder
466. Initial grant of imprest
467. Separate imprests for each
expenditure item
468. Payment of imprest
469. Bank accounts
470. Cash books
471. Multiple imprests
472. Payments from imprest
473. Consolidated vouchers
474. Paid stamp
475. Postage imprest
476. Sub-imprests
477. Unauthorised use of imprests
478. Receipts into imprest
479. Losses from imprest
480. Handing over
481. Presentation of vouchers to
Treasury
482. Presentation of cash book
483. Examination of imprest
payment vouchers
484. Replenishment
485. Failure to replenish
486. Retirement due
487. Retirement procedure
488. Failure to retire
489. Renewal of imprest
490. Renewal after delayed
retirement
491. Variation of renewal imprests
492. Variation of imprest
procedures
PART X—DEPOSITS AND OTHER TRUST
MONEYS
493. Trust moneys
494. Trust moneys are broadly
subject to these regulations
495. Loss of trust moneys
496. Class of trust moneys
497. Responsibility for management
of trust moneys
498. Deposit
499. Authority for the collection
of deposits
500. Reserve liability
501. Accounting instructions
502. Classification of deposits
503. General classes of deposits
504. Opening a deposit account
505. Designation of the deposit
account
506. Responsibility of the deposit
holder
507. Responsibility of the head of
department
508. Deposits to be paid into the
Consolidated Fund
509. Deposit receipts
510. Unauthorised deposits
511. Deposits holder's account
512. Deposit control account
513. Reconciliation with public
accounts
514. Ledger accounts
515. Reconciliation with control
account
516. Methods of repayment
517. Transfer to revenue
518. Entitlement to repayment
519. Time-expired deposits
520. Repayment
521. Presentation of original
deposit receipt
522. Other identification of payee
523. No interest payable
524. Closure of deposit account
525. Subsequent claims
526. Limitation of claim period
527. Annual financial statement
528. Special fund
529. Establishment of a special
fund
530. Delegation of responsibility
531. Disbursements
532. Accounting
533. Annual accounts
534. Trust fund
535. Acceptance of a trust
536. Additional rules
537. Trust fund investments
538. No charge for administration
539. Annual accounts
540. Report to donors and their
successors
541. Sinking fund
542. Authority for creation of a
sinking fund
543. Administering authority
544. Fund to be invested
545. Payments from a sinking fund
546. Closing adjustments
PART XI—ADVANCES AND OTHER LOANS
FROM THE CONSOLIDATED FUND
547. Financial assets of the
Consolidated Fund
548. Need for proper authority
549. Categories of public
financial business
550. Excluded categories
551. Budgetary control of advances
552. Chief authority
553. Need for prior agreement
554. Responsibility for payment
555. General and specific
authority
556. Authority to approve a class
of advances
557. Authority to administer
advances
558. Authorised maximum of
advances allowed
559. Responsibility of the
administering authority
560. Increase of authorised
maximum
561. Authority to grant maximum
562. Delegation to powers to grant
advances
563. Applications by the
administering authority
564. Delegation of administering
authority
565. Accounting classification
566. Accounts at departmental
headquarters
567. Accounts to be kept
568. Control account
569. Ledger accounts
570. Numbering of individual
accounts
571. Reconciliation with the
control account
572. Payment by spending officers
573. Authority to pay an advance
574. Counter-signature of the
Treasury Officer
575. Opening ledger account
576. Conclusion of agreement
577. Presentation of voucher
578. Passing of advances for
payment
579. Custody of agreements
580. Non-completion of advance
payment
581. Payment of advance to third
party
582. Responsibility for recovery
583. Methods of recovery
584. Notification to spending
officer
585. Deductions from salary
586. Schedule of deductions
587. Preparation of schedule
588. Numbering of schedules
589. Endorsement of schedules
590. Advances return
591. Posting of departmental
advance accounts
592. Recoveries by cash collection
593. Returns by supervising
collector
594. Delay in rendering schedules
595. Duty to report non-deduction
596. Authority
597. Conditions for grant of an
advance
598. Recovery of leaving the
service
599. Transferred officers
600. Journal adjustment
601. Acceptance of outstanding
services
602. General authority for the
class
603. Purpose of advances
604. No grant of authority
required
605. Opening of ledger accounts
606. Determination of liability
607. Recovery of loss advances
608. Responsibility for
administration
609. No authorised maximum
610. General Authority for the
class
611. Purpose of advances
612. Advance under contract
613. Authority for inclusion of
advance provisions
614. Advance other than cash
615. Recoveries to be deducted
616. Separate account for each
contract
617. Final payments
618. General authority for classes
619. Classification
620. Purpose of advances
621. Ledger accounts
622. Budgetary authority
623. Authority to undertake
services
624. Claims for recovery
625. Offsetting credits
626. Monthly statements
627. Annual reports
628. General or specific loans
629. General classes of loans
630. Specific loans
631. Authority to negotiate a loan
632. Ratification of a loan
633. Designation of administering
authority
634. Responsibility of the
administering authority
635. Payment of loan
636. Loans repayable by annuity
637. Failure to pay interest or
repay principal
638. Penalty
639. Borrower's accounts
640. Statement of public accounts
641. Proposals
642. Approval of investment
643. Responsibility of the
administering authority
644. Acquisition of shares
645. Certificate of shareholding
646. Holdings subject to
verification
647. Budgetary control
648. Annual accounts
649. Annual reports
650. Statement of the public
accounts
PART XII—PUBLIC SUPPLIES AND
EQUIPMENT
651. Budgetary implications
652. Chief authority
653. The supply function
654. Duties of the Director of
Supply
655. Responsibility of the
Controller and Accountant-General
656. Duties of the class
657. Posting of the Supply and
Materials Management Class
658. Supply and Store Inspectorate
659. Supply staff in departments
660. Discipline of supply staff in
departments
661. Supervision of the work of
supply staff
662. Responsibility of the head of
department
663. Delegation
664. Acquisition of supplies and
equipment
665. Disposal of the normal course
of business
666. Duty of supply
667. Supply and equipment
schedules
668. Supply schedules
669. Form of Schedule
670. Sources of normal supply
671. Equipment schedules
672. Explanatory reports
673. Submission of schedules
674. Ghana Supply Commission
675. Common user stores
676. Departmental purchases
677. Supply instructions
678. Funds to be available before
ordering
679. Forward commitments
680. Purpose of orders
681. Timing of orders
682. Authority for purchasing
683. Authorising officers
684. Application of limits
685. Variation of limits
686. Purchase from designated
suppliers
687. Emergency purchases
688. Reporting of emergency
purchases
689. Purchasing procedure
690. Cash on delivery
691. Used equipment
692. Establishment of stocks
693. Approval for the holding of
stocks
694. Applications
695. Stock accounts
696. Duties of stockholder
697. Prices to be noted
698. Stock-taking
699. Stock schedules
700. Degree of check
701. Annual report
702. Working stocks
703. Prevention of over-issue
704. Usage records
705. Issues to other government
departments
706. Departmental responsibility
for proper use
707. Care and custody
708. Service states
709. Loss or damage to equipment
710. Worn-out equipment
711. Disposal subject to these
regulations
712. Sales to the public
713. Approved schemes
714. Surplus stores and equipment
715. Methods of disposal
716. Authority delegated
717. Authority to lend
718. Unserviceable stores
719. Instructions for disposal
720. Authorities for disposal
721. Cases of loss
722. Pricing
PART XIII—LOSSES
723. Definition
724. Responsibility of the head of
department
725. Disclosure of offences
726. Discovery and declaration of
losses
727. Authorities for disposal of
loss cases
728. Application of limits
729. Duty of the disposal
authority
730. Categories of loss
731. Cash deficiencies
732. Revenue losses
733. Expenditure losses
734. Store losses
735. Financial losses
736. Miscellaneous losses
737. Exclusions
738. Discovery of loss
739. Initial investigation
740. Discovery on inspection
741. Initial action by head of
department
742. Progress reports
743. Content of progress reports
744. Local investigation
745. Independent investigation
746. Extra-departmental
investigation
747. Investigation on behalf of
the disposal authority
748. Matters to be investigated
749. Assistance to the Police
750. Recommendations
751. Report to be factual
752. Action by the head of
department
753. Criminal offences
754. Disciplinary offences
755. Disciplinary proceedings to
be completed
756. Defective systems
757. Remedial action to be started
758. Financial liability of
officers
759. Offer to repay
760. Liability to repay
761. Monetary liability
762. Order for recovery
763. Recovery
764. Cash liability for loss
765. Surcharge proceedings
766. Completion of useful action
767. Methods of disposal
768. Minor losses
769. Other losses
770. Disposal authority
771. Write-off
772. Quarterly reports
773. Adjustments
774. Rectification of balances
775. Initial accounting action not
required
776. Revenue and expenditure
adjustments
777. Stores adjustments
778. Write-off
779. Accounting record of losses
780. Detailed application of
accounting action
781. Rulings
782. Valuation of losses
783. Claims
784. Remittances and transfers
785. Investigation of bad debts
786. Composite losses
787. Professional authorities
788. Authority of the
Auditor-General
789. Publication of significant
findings
PART XIV—ACCOUNTS MISCELLANEOUS
790. Definition
791. Authorities
792. Records of personal
emoluments
793. Schedule of authorities
794. Accounting authorities
795. Means of notification
796. Establishment return
797. Internal check on return
798. Copies of return
799. Audit copies
800. Salary instructions
801. Use of manual vouchers
802. Appointment and termination
803. Exceptional payments
804. Last pay certificate
805. Preparation and use
806. Arrival at new post
807. Loss of last pay certificate
808. General class emoluments
809. General class transfers
810. Departmental class transfer
811. Deductions from salaries
812. Stoppage of salary payments
813. Notification of stoppage
814. Subsequent payments
815. Details to be given in
authorities
816. Effective date
817. Wage instructions
818. Registration cards
819. Pay number
820. Time records to be kept
821. Checks by supervisor
822. Departmental checks
823. Checks to be noted on time
records
824. Accuracy of records
825. Certification of time records
826. Preparation of vouchers
827. Duty of the spending officer
828. Paying officer
829. Witness to payment
830. Treasury observers
831. Retirement date
832. Variation of retirement date
833. Pension instructions
834. Statement of indebtedness
835. Amounts due to other
departments
836. Recovery from retiring awards
837. Disposal of statement
838. Payment of gratuities
839. Contingent liabilities
840. Termination preceded by pay
stoppage
841. Deceased officers
842. Payments in respect of
deceased officers
843. Officers transferred to
approved employment
844. Unsatisfactory service
845. Authority for payment
846. Allowances to receive
budgetary approval
847. Application for approval
848. Content of regulations
849. Personal emoluments records
850. Allowance accounts
851. Definition of subvention
852. Classes of subvention
853. Exclusion
854. General conditions of
subvention
855. Authority for payment
856. Grants
857. Grants-in-aid
858. Donations
859. Source of donations
860. Payment of subventions
PART XV—FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING
RECORDS
861. Care and custody of records
862. Legislative authorities
863. Departmental repositories
864. Release of records
865. Retention and review
866. Retention schedule
867. Extended period of retention
868. Unscheduled records
869. Combined records
870. Classification of records
871. Definition and sub-classes
872. Class to be noted
873. General publications
874. Limited or restricted
publications
875. Security gradings to be
observed
876. Permanent retention
877. Other copies
878. Report of publications
879. Definition and sub-classes
880. Storage of legal documents
881. Working copies
882. Title documents
883. Trust deeds
884. Agreements
885. Other documents
886. Definition
887. Classification
888. Accounts to be clearly
labelled
889. Non-current accounts
890. Non-current vouchers
891. Renewal of damaged records
892. Loose sheet/card systems
893. Retention of accounting
records
894. Vouchers affecting claims
895. Limitation Decree
896. Review and destruction of
accounts
897. Definition and sub-categories
898. Categories to be indicated
899. New volumes
900. Local files
901. Budget files
902. Policy and planning files
903. Accounts files
904. Personal files
905. Case papers
906. Other files
907. Definition
908. Duty to clear unwanted papers
909. Retention of working papers
910. Circulars and instructions
911. Personal working papers
912. Definition and classes
913. Retention
914. Transfer to departmental
repository
915. Short-term retention
916. Transfer schedule
917. Repository record
918. Preparation for storage
919. Damaged records
920. Access register
921. Transfer to National Archives
922. Destruction of records
923. Authority of the Archives
Committee to be obtained
924. Method of disposal
925. Departmental destruction
926. Departmental selection and
destruction
927. Selection—first review
928. Selection—second review
929. Destruction schedule
930. Note of destruction
931. Archival selection and
destruction
932. Selection process
933. Permanent retention
934. Access to records in National
Archives
935. Methods of destruction
936. Preservation of historical
documents
937. Old records
938. Access to records
939. Commencement
IN exercise of the powers
conferred on the Commissioner
responsible for Finance by section
83 of the Financial Administration
Decree, 1979 (S.M.C.D. 221) these
Regulations are made this 13th day
of August, 1979.
PART I—ACCOUNTING RESPONSIBILITIES
Regulation 1—Accountability of
Public Officers.
Any public officer concerned with
the conduct of financial business
on behalf of the Government of
Ghana, or for the receipt, custody
and disbursement of public and
trust moneys, or for the custody,
care and use of public stores,
shall keep proper records of his
transactions and shall produce
such records for inspection when
called upon to do so by the Senior
Principal Secretary of the
Ministry of Finance, by the
Auditor-General, by the Controller
and Accountant-General or by any
officers deputed by them; and
failure to keep or render such
records shall be deemed to be a
breach of discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 2—Chief Accounting
Officer of Government.
The Controller and
Accountant-General, as the Chief
Accounting Officer of Government,
shall be responsible for the
receipt, custody and disbursement
of public and trust moneys and for
keeping, rendering and publishing
the public accounts for Ghana as
required by the Financial
Administration Decree, 1979 (S.M.C.D.
221).
Regulation 3—Other Duties of the
Chief Accounting Officer.
In his capacity as Chief
Accounting Officer of Government,
the Controller and
Accountant-General shall also—
(a) be the Chief Adviser to
Government and heads of
departments on accountancy
matters;
(b) approve all Departmental
Accounting Instructions;
(c) promote the development of
efficient accounting systems
within all government departments.
Regulation 4—The Accounting Class.
The Accounting Class established
under the Civil Service Act, 1960
(C.A. 5), shall be responsible
for—
(a) the design, management and
operation of public service
accounting systems;
(b) the provision of financial and
accounting services for government
departments.
Regulation 5—Posting within the
Class.
The Controller and
Accountant-General, as head of the
Accounting Class is responsible
for the training and posting of
its officers either to his own
department or to other departments
of the public service; and
requests for the posting of
Accounting Class staff to any
department shall be addressed by
the head of the department direct
to the Controller and
Accountant-General.
Regulation 6—Treasury Offices.
Staff of the Controller and
Accountant-General's Department
may be assigned to Treasury
offices for the receipt, custody
and disbursement of public and
trust moneys on behalf of
government departments; and the
officers in charge of such
Treasury Offices shall be the
representatives of the Controller
and Accountant- General for the
departments for which they provide
services and shall exercise on his
behalf the functions prescribed in
these regulations.
Regulation 7—Accounts Staff in
Departments.
Members of the Accounting Class
posted to government departments
shall be responsible to the head
of department concerned for the
due and proper performance of the
duties assigned to them, although
such members have the right to
consult the Controller and
Accountant-General on matters
pertaining to accounting
procedures.
Regulation 8—Discipline of
Accounts Staff in Departments.
Disciplinary action against
members of the Accounting Class
stationed in departments may only
be taken in consultation with the
Controller and Accountant-General.
Regulation 9—Supervision of the
Work of Accounts Staff.
The senior member of the
Accounting Class stationed within
a department shall be responsible
for general supervision of all
other members of the class within
the department and shall be
responsible for the maintenance of
satisfactory standards of
performance.
Regulation 10—Head of Departments.
The head of a government
department shall be the officer so
designated in regulations made
under the Civil Service Act, 1960
(C.A. 5) and shall be accountable
for the proper financial
administration of his department.
Regulation 11—Financial Duties of
a Head of Department.
It shall be the duty of a head of
department:
(a) to secure the effective use of
appropriations under his control
within the ambit of government
policy and in compliance with any
enactment, or regulations or
instructions issue under the
authority of any enactment;
(b) to secure the due and proper
collection of government revenue
collectable by his department
within the terms of any enactment
or of instructions issued or
approved by the Controller and
Accountant-General;
(c) to receive and order the
disbursement of any trust moneys
for which he has been appointed as
administering authority by or
under any enactment or agreement;
(d) to preserve in good order and
secure the economical use of all
equipment and stores used by his
department;
(e) to transact any other
financial business for which he is
made responsible by or under any
enactment in accordance with the
requirements of such authority.
Regulation 12—Business Transacted
on behalf of other Departments.
Where a head of department is
required to transact financial
business on behalf of another
department he shall conform to the
administrative and accounting
instructions of such other
department as though he were a
subordinate officer of such other
department.
Regulation 13—Departmental
Accounting.
A
head of department shall maintain
accounting records of all
financial business transacted by
his department so as to:
(a) ensure the accountability of
all officers transacting such
business;
(b) facilitate the efficient
discharge of such business.
Regulation 14—Departmental
Accounts.
A
head of department shall issue a
code of instructions to regulate
the financial business of his
department, indicating the duties
to be performed by specified
officers, the accounts to be kept
and returns submitted, and such
other instructions as may be
required for the proper conduct of
such business.
Regulation 15—Approval of
Departmental Accounting
Instructions.
Such accounting instructions shall
conform to any enactment, or any
particular direction concerning
accounts issued by the Controller
and Accountant-General, and shall
be approved by the Controller and
Accountant-General after
consultation with the
Auditor-General.
Regulation 16—Delegation of
Financial Duties by a Head of
Department.
Unless such delegation is
expressly prohibited or restricted
by or under any enactment, a head
of department may delegate any of
his financial duties to a
subordinate officer.
Regulation 17—Sub-delegation.
Unless such further delegation is
expressly prohibited or restricted
in instructions issued by the head
of department in accordance with
regulation 14 his subordinate
officer may further delegate such
duties to his subordinates.
Regulation 18—Conditions under
which Delegation may be made.
In delegating financial duties,
the delegating officer shall:
(a) satisfying himself that the
person to carry out the duties is
a fit and proper person to do so
and has been instructed in those
duties;
(b) make the terms and limitations
of the delegation explicit;
(c) arrange the work of the office
so that there is a system of
supervising the work of the person
carrying out the delegated duties.
Regulation 19—Accountability for
Delegated Duties.
Where the conditions specified in
regulation 18 have been fulfilled
by an officer entitled to delegate
his duties, such delegation shall
be deemed to be properly made and
the person to whom duties are
delegated shall be accountable for
their due discharge.
Regulation 20—Conformity to Law
and Financial Regulations.
Government officers are required
to conduct financial business
according to law and any
instructions given in or in
accordance with these regulations.
Regulation 21—Duty to Report
Unsatisfactory Application of
Regulations.
It is the duty of any officer
conducting financial business to
bring to the notice of the
appropriate authority any case
where application of the law or
financial instructions leads to
results that may be contrary to
the public interest.
Regulation 22—Exercise of Judgment
in Applying Regulations.
In circumstances in which
application of these regulations
appears to be against the public
interest, and limitations of time
preclude prior reference to higher
authority, an officer must act
according to his own judgement but
must immediately report the
circumstances to his immediate
superior in writing, with copies
to the Controller and
Accountant-General and the
Auditor-General; and failure to
make such immediate report shall
be deemed to be a breach of
discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 23—Review of
Discretionary Action.
(1) On receipt of a report issued
in accordance with regulation 22,
the officer to whom the report is
made shall enquire into the matter
in order to determine whether the
action reported was taken in good
faith; and if the action is held
to have been made in good faith,
even if mistaken, and this finding
is endorsed by the Controller and
Accountant-General and the
Auditor-General, no disciplinary
or other proceedings shall be
taken against the officer
concerned.
(2) If the action is not so
upheld, disciplinary proceedings
may be instituted against the
officer concerned.
Regulation 24—Financial
Discipline.
(1) Instructions or directives
contained in these regulations or
in Departmental Accounting
Instructions for which no
variation is permissible in any
circumstances whatsoever shall
include a provision that the
action concerned shall be deemed
to be a breach of discipline as
defined in this regulation.
(2) Disciplinary action for
misconduct shall be taken against
any officer contravening any
instruction so specified.
(3) Failure to take such
disciplinary action will itself be
deemed as breach of discipline as
defined in this regulation.
PART II—THE BUDGET
Regulation 25—Authority of Senior
Principal Secretary.
Subject to the provisions of any
enactment or to the directions of
the Government, the Senior
Principal Secretary in the
Ministry of Finance (hereafter the
Senior Principal Secretary) shall
be the chief authority responsible
for the preparation, publication
and control of the national
budget.
Regulation 26—Budget Instructions.
The Senior Principal Secretary
shall issue instructions
concerning:
(a) the form of budgetary
documents and statements;
(b) classification of budgetary
transactions;
(c) information to be submitted in
support of budgetary proposals by
heads of departments;
(d) procedures to be followed in
preparing, submitting and
implementing budget plans.
Regulation 27—Financial Proposals.
(1) All financial proposals shall
be submitted in the first instance
to the Senior Principal Secretary
in accordance with section 13 of
the Financial Administration
Decree, 1979.
(2) Proposals emanating from
departments shall be routed
through the ministry concerned,
unless the department in a special
department as defined under the
Civil Service Act, 1960 (C.A. 5)
or unless a specific alternative
procedure has been approved by the
Senior Principal Secretary.
Regulation 28—Examination of
Financial Proposals.
(1) The Senior Principal Secretary
may require any financial
proposals to be examined and
reported on by any other agency of
government and may issue
directions for the routing of
submissions accordingly.
(2) Any officer of such an agency
shall for the purposes of his
examination be deemed a deputy of
the Senior Principal Secretary in
the exercise of the authority
specified in regulations 1 and 29.
Regulation 29—Provision of
Information.
(1) The Senior Principal Secretary
or any officer deputed by him may
call for such information from
departments as may be required for
the proper discharge of his
responsibilities and such
information shall be promptly and
correctly given.
(2) Failure to provide such
information, or the submission of
information that is known to be
misleading or incorrect, shall be
deemed to be a breach of
discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 30—Budget Circular.
Not later than six months before
the end of each financial year,
the Senior Principal Secretary
shall issue the annual budget
circular which shall contain:
(a) directives as to the policy
laid down by Government to be
followed in preparation of Annual
Estimates;
(b) instructions as to the form of
estimates, supporting information
required and the subsidiary
examination to be conducted by the
other agencies as may be required
under regulation 28;
(c) the dates by which submission
must be made.
Regulation 31—Supplementary
Instructions.
Within the provisions of the
budget circular, heads of
ministries shall, in conformity
with any direction of the
Government for that ministry,
issue a circular to all
departments under their control to
direct attention to ministry
policy and to any special
procedural arrangements required.
Regulation 32—Departmental
Instructions.
Heads of departments shall
determine the procedures necessary
for preparation of departmental
estimates and shall notify them in
the Departmental Accounting
Instructions prepared in
accordance with regulation 14.
Regulation 33—Consolidated Fund
Revenue Estimates.
(1) A head of department shall
conduct a review of departmental
revenue collecting activities
before preparing estimates for the
budget year.
(2) This review shall examine the
administrative efficiency of
collection, the accuracy of past
estimates and the relevance of
rates and charges to current
economic conditions.
(3) Estimates for the budget year
shall be based on current rates or
charges; proposals for change of
rates or changes shall indicate
the revenue effects of such
changes.
Regulation 34—Consolidated Fund
Expenditure Estimates.
A
head of department shall conduct a
review of current operations and
prepare working plans for the
budget year; and such plans shall
include details of the work load
expected or planned during the
year, schedules of the staff,
materials and equipment required,
and the cost of these resources
set out in the budget schedules.
Regulation 35—Pricing of
Estimates.
(1) Departmental estimates shall
be based on prices current at the
time the estimates are prepared.
(2) Any adjustment necessary to
meet changes in the price level
shall be made by the Senior
Principal Secretary.
Regulation 36—New Service.
(1) Proposals for the introduction
of new services shall be submitted
to the Senior Principal Secretary
for examination before submission
of the Annual Estimates of the
department concerned and shall not
be included in such estimates
without prior authority of the
Senior Principal Secretary.
(2) Authority to include a new
service in the estimates does not
imply authorisation of the new
service concerned.
Regulation 37—Financial
Implications of New Services.
A
memorandum supporting a proposal
for a new service shall contain a
comprehensive statement of its
financial implications, namely:
(a) its full annual vote cost in
both budget and succeeding years;
(b) any capital cost, in terms of
buildings or equipment,
immediately required or
contemplated in the near future;
(c) annual revenue to be derived
from introduction of the new
service;
(d) offsetting finance for the new
service, including use of existing
resources and the reduction or
elimination of other services;
(e) the marginal vote cost of the
new service in the budget and
succeeding years.
Regulation 38—Proposals to be
Treated as New Services.
The term "new service" shall
include:
(a) an increase in provision for
an existing subvention in excess
of ¢1,000, or the provision of a
new subvention in excess of ¢500;
(b) an increase in provision for
an existing service involving an
increase of expenditure greater
than 20 per cent;
(c) any new scheme for the grant
of allowances or other benefits
relating to the employment
conditions of civil servants;
(d) any proposals involving
establishment changes to the
complement or grading of staff.
Regulation 39—Common Services.
A
head of department designated by
the Senior Principal Secretary as
being responsible for providing
services on behalf of other
government departments shall
require them to submit estimates
of their requirements for the
budget year to him.
Regulation 40—Establishment
Changes.
Any proposals for an augmented or
new service which involves an
increase in the establishment
schedule for a department, or any
adjustment of grades or salaries,
shall have been cleared with the
Establishment Secretariat before
submission to the Senior Principal
Secretary.
Regulation 41—New Projects.
Proposals for the introduction of
new projects as capital items in
the estimates shall be dealt with
in two stages, namely:
(a) financial approval of the
project total by inclusion in a
plan, after full examination of
economic, administrative and other
implications;
(b) financial approval for
implementation by inclusion in the
annual budget.
Regulation 42—Financial
Implication of New Projects.
A
memorandum supporting a proposal
for a new project shall include a
comprehensive statement of its
financial implications, namely:
(a) its total project cost,
scheduled for each financial year
covered by the programme of
construction or acquisition;
(b) the annual recurrent vote
costs arising from complication of
the project and consequent
operation of a new service;
(c) annual recurrent revenue to be
derived from completion of the
project;
(d) financing arrangements
contemplated for the project;
(e) details and costs of any
ancillary projects connected with,
or arising from, the proposed
implementation of the project;
(f) proposed time-table for
implementation.
Regulation 43—Approval of Project
as Part of Capital Expenditure
Plan.
(1) On satisfactory completion of
the financial examination of
project, the proposal shall be
submitted to Government for
approval and inclusion in its
capital expenditure plan.
(2) Thereafter provision for the
implementation of the project
shall be included in the annual
estimates at a time to be agreed
upon by the Senior Principal
Secretary, in consultation with
the department, ministry and
planning agency concerned.
Regulation 44—Minor Works.
Projects for the maintenance,
renewal or improvement of existing
public installations, each project
costing less than ¢10,000, shall
be treated as a service charged to
annually recurrent items of the
estimates and subject to the
provisions of regulations 36 to
38.
Regulation 45—Proposals to be
Treated as New Projects.
The term “new project” shall
include any expenditure chargeable
to capital items of the estimates,
and more specifically to:
(a) any constructional work
exceeding ¢10,000 in total costs;
(b) the initial provision of
equipment for a new installation;
(c) the renewal of equipment items
whose initial cost exceeded
¢1,000;
(d) any major renewal programme
deemed by the Senior Principal
Secretary to constitute a separate
project;
(e) any grant, donation or other
financial assistance of a
non-recurrent nature to an
external institution.
Regulation 46—Continuing Pojects.
(1) Provision shall be made in the
expenditure estimates for any
project in progress until it has
been completed.
(2) Where the date of completion
of current work is uncertain at
the time of preparation of the
estimates, token provision will be
made for the budget year.
Regulation 47—Joint Projects.
(1) Where the execution of a
project involves the joint action
of two or more government
departments, the Senior Principal
Secretary shall designate the head
of one of them as the controlling
officer for that project.
(2) The controlling officer will
be responsible for submission of
joint estimates and controlling
expenditure in accordance with
regulation 12.
Regulation 48—Forward Commitments.
(1) In the ordinary course of
public financial business, heads
of departments may not place
orders or contracts for goods and
services until such time as
appropriations have been made and
funds released to them.
(2) If the proper and economical
conduct of public business so
requires, however, orders may be
placed in advance of appropriation
with the prior authority of the
Senior Principal Secretary.
Regulation 49—Consolidated Fund
Estimates of Other Receipts and
Payments.
(1) A head of department shall
conduct a review of all other
receipts into any payments from
the Consolidated Fund for which he
has been designated the
administering authority.
(2) A forecast of transactions
anticipated during the budget year
shall be submitted to the Senior
Principal Secretary with the
estimates of Consolidated Fund
Revenue and Expenditure.
Regulation 50—Budgetary
Examination.
On receipt of estimates from
departments, the Senior Principal
Secretary shall examine proposals
in consultation with the
ministries and departments
concerned, and may call for such
additional information as may be
required.
Regulation 51—Budget Adjustments.
Subject to the directions of the
government, the Senior Principal
Secretary may require adjustment
to be made in the estimates
submitted and heads of departments
shall make such adjustments
accordingly.
Regulation 52—Revenue Collections.
(1) Revenue collections shall be
started from the first working day
of the financial year according to
the authorities in force at that
date.
(2) New rates or charges shall
become effective from the date to
be specified in amending or new
authorities.
Regulation 53—Release of Funds to
Meet Expenditure.
When the Government has approved
the Consolidated Fund Expenditure
Estimates, authority to disburse
funds to meet expenditure shall be
conveyed to the Controller and
Accountant-General by warrant
signed under the authority of the
Government.
Regulation 54—Provisional Warrant.
Where the estimates are not
approved before the first working
day of the financial year,
existing services and continuing
projects shall be financed by a
Provisional Warrant signed on
behalf of the Government for an
amount not exceeding one-quarter
of the amount included in the
draft estimates; so however that
the Provisional Warrant shall not
be used as authorised for the
introduction of new services or
the execution of new projects.
Regulation 55—General Warrant.
(1) On approval of the
Consolidated Fund Expenditure
Estimates, recurrent expenditure
for all departments will be
financed by the issue of a General
Warrant signed on behalf of the
Government.
(2) Upon issuing General Warrant,
the authority conveyed by a
Provisional Warrant shall lapse,
and all expenditure made
thereunder shall be deemed to have
been made under the authority of
the General Warrant.
Regulation 56—Treasury Circular.
(1) On receipt of the General
Warrant, the Controller and
Accountant-General will notify all
Treasury Officers and departments
accordingly by circular.
(2) Heads of departments are
thereby authorised to apply to the
appropriate Treasury Office for
release of funds, in respect of
heads for which they have been
designated in the estimates as
controlling officers, to
departmental spending officers by
means of a Financial Encumbrance.
(3) The detailed orders governing
disbursement of funds are as
provided in Part V of these
regulations.
Regulation 57—Recurrent
Expenditure Quarterly Release of
Funds.
Treasury Officers are authorised
to approve the release of funds by
Financial Encum-brance but may do
so only up to the limit that such
release shall not exceed the
following limits:
1st Quarter—Not more than
one-quarter of the net authorised
provision for the year.
2nd Quarter—Not more than one-half
of the net authorised provision
for the year.
3rd Quarter—Not more than
three-quarters of the net
authorised provision for the year.
4th Quarter—Not more than the net
authorised provision for the year.
The net authorised provision shall
be the amount included in the
approved estimates as may have
been revised in accordance with
regulations 78 to 86.
Regulation 58—Authority to Exceed
Quarterly Allocations.
(1) Any head of department wishing
to make disbursements in excess of
these allocations in any one
quarter, shall apply directly to
the Senior Principal Secretary for
authority to do so.
(2) Authority to exceed the
allocation for one quarter does
not convey authority for exceeding
that of the following quarter
unless the authority given so
specifies.
Regulation 59—General Authority to
Vary Allocation.
The Senior Principal Secretary may
issue a general authority to vary
allocations without necessity for
seeking specific approval in each
case, and such general
dispensation shall be notified in
the Treasury circular issued in
accordance with regulation 56.
Regulation 60—Specific Warrants.
(1) Specific Warrants for capital
expenditure shall be issued under
the authority of Government.
(2) The Specific Warrant shall be
addressed to the Controller and
Accountant-General in duplicate,
with a copy addressed to the head
of department concerned.
Regulation 61—Application for
Specific Warrants.
(1) Heads of departments shall
apply directly to the Senior
Principal Secretary for release of
funds by Specific Warrant.
(2) Applications shall be
supported by such information as
the Senior Principal Secretary may
require.
Regulation 62—Audit Copies.
A
copy of every warrant issued shall
be sent to the Auditor-General.
Regulation 63—Authority for other
Receipts and Transactions.
No specific annual authority is
required for transacting other
classes of public financial
business which are governed by the
appropriate enactments,
regulations or agreements.
Regulation 64—Vote Controllers.
The expenditure estimates will
indicate, for each and every item
of expenditure, the head of
department to be responsible for
its control.
Regulation 65—Duty to Exercise
Budgetary Control.
Heads of departments in control of
votes are required to exercise
budgetary control on behalf of the
Government in accordance with the
provisions of regulations 11 and
13, and more particularly to
ensure that:
(a) appropriations are disburbed
only for the purposes prescribed
in approved estimates;
(b) appropriations are disbursed
only within the amounts provided
in approved estimates;
(c) the maximum economic value is
derived from funds provided in
approved estimates.
Regulation 66—Warning of Budget
Variations
It is the duty of a head of
department to inform the Senior
Principal Secretary immediately of
any circumstances that are likely
to affect materially the budgetary
results, either revenue,
expenditure or other receipts and
payments, of his department.
Regulation 67—Variation in Project
Totals.
The Senior Principal Secretary
must be informed immediately of
any circumstances likely to affect
the total provision required to
complete a capital works project.
Regulation 68—Reporting Budgetary
Progress.
Each head of department shall
forward a statement of budgetary
transactions for his department to
the Senior Principal Secretary by
not later than ten working days
after the end of each month of
account.
Regulation 69—Expenditure
According to the Estimates.
Expenditure as approved by the
Government shall be deemed to be
limited and arranged according to
the heads, sub-heads, items and
sub-items as shown in the
estimates, and no variation from
such estimates may be made without
proper authority.
Regulation 70—Virement.
(1) Where circumstances arise in
which the operating requirements
of departments make it necessary
to rearrange the provision for
sub-heads, items or sub-items
within the ambit of a single head,
savings under one classification
may be utilised to provide for
extra expenditure under another
without affecting the total funds
to be disbursed from the head.
(2) Such re-arrangement or
re-allocation of provision shall
be known as virement and may be
approved in such circumstances and
under such authority as are laid
down in these regulations.
Regulation 71—Circumstances in
which Virement may be Authorised.
(1) Virement may only be used in
cases where:
(a) extra funds are required for
existing services; virement may
not be used to provide for new
services or any project;
(b) these extra funds are derived
from genuine savings namely an
expenditure that is no longer
required.
(2) Unspent balances arising from
deferment of expenditure until the
following year shall not be used
for virement.
Regulation 72—Virement
Powers—Senior Principal.
The Senior Principal Secretary may
authorise virement between
different sub-heads of one head,
in respect of recurrent items
only.
Regulation 73—Virement Powers of
Head of Ministry.
A
head of ministry may, in respect
of departments within his
ministry, authorise virement
between recurrent expenditure
items of a single sub-head.
Regulation 74—Virement Powers of
Head of Department.
A
head of department may authorise
virement between sub-items of one
item in respect of recurrent
expenditure items only.
Regulation 75—Virement not to be
Used for Capital Expenditure.
(1) Virement may be used for
reallocation of provision between
sub-items or items of capital
expenditure.
(2) Adjustment of annual provision
of approved project totals shall
be made by revision of estimates
in accordance with regulations 83
and 84.
Regulation 76—Virement Orders.
(1) Virement authority given by
the Senior Principal Secretary or
head of ministry shall be conveyed
by Virement Orders numbered in an
annual series, addressed to the
Controller and Accountant General,
with copies to the Senior
Principal Secretary, the
departments and Treasury Offices
concerned, and to the
Auditor-General.
(2) Virement authority given by a
head of department shall be
conveyed in a manner to be
specified in Department Accounting
Instructions prepared in
accordance with regulation 14.
Regulation 77—Virement Powers not
to be Delegated.
Powers of virement as specified in
regulations 72 to 74 shall be
exercised personally by the
specified officer and may not be
delegated.
Regulation 78—Revised Estimates
Schedule.
During the course of the financial
year, the Senior Principal
Secretary shall from time to time
prepare a Revised Estimates
Schedule for authorisation by the
Government.
Regulation 79—Content of Revised
Estimates Schedule.
A
Revised Estimates Schedule shall
contain:
(a) a statement of any increase or
decrease of revenue estimated for
the financial year as reported
under regulation 66;
(b) a statement of expenditure
provision adjusted by Virement
Orders issued under regulations 72
and 73;
(c) a statement of supplementary
estimates required for existing
services under regulation 80;
(d) a statement of supplementary
estimates required for new
services and presented under a
certificate of urgency under
regulation 81;
(e) a statement of supplementary
estimates required for capital
projects consequent upon
rescheduling of work under
regulation 83;
(f) a statement of provision
withdrawn from projects consequent
upon rescheduling of work under
regulation 84;
(g) a statement of supplementary
estimates required to meet
additional costs of capital
projects under regulation 85.
Regulation 80—Supplementary
Provision for an Existing Service.
(1) If a head of department
considers it likely that the funds
provided for an existing service
will prove insufficient, and that
provision for the extra
expenditure cannot be met by
virement, he shall submit a
supplementary estimate for the
additional funds.
(2) The application shall be
accompanied by a memorandum
explaining the circumstances in
which the original estimate has
proved insufficient and indicating
whether the additional expenditure
represents an increased annual
cost of the service, or is due to
abnormal circumstances unlikely to
recur.
Regulation 81—Supplementary
Provision for New Service.
(1) In normal circumstances,
approval for the introduction of
new services is only considered
when introduced in the annual
estimates in accordance with the
procedure laid down in regulations
36 to 38.
(2) But if the Government
considers the introduction of the
new service at an earlier date to
be in the public interest, the
head of ministry shall sign a
certificate of urgency to be
submitted with the application.
(3) In addition to the information
required by regulation 37, the
accompanying memorandum shall
indicate the reasons for issue of
the certificate of urgency.
Regulation 82—Additional Funds for
Capital Projects.
Application for supplementary
estimates for capital projects may
arise from two different sets of
circumstances, namely:
(a) the rescheduling of the
capital programme resulting in
capital works being started
earlier or later than originally
planned, or progressing at a
faster or slower rate;
(b) the occurrence of additional
costs that would cause the
original project total approved
under regulation 43 to be exceeded
in the current financial year.
Regulation 83—Supplementary
Provision Arising from
Rescheduling.
(1) If additional funds are
required because of the
rescheduling of capital works,
applications for a supplementary
estimate should be addressed to
the Senior Principal Secretary
routed through the appropriate
planning agency, for inclusion in
the Revised Estimates Schedule.
(2) The accompanying memorandum
shall explain the circumstances in
which rescheduling is necessary
and include a comprehensive
statement of its financial
implications, namely:
(a) total project expenditure to
date as compared with the project
total;
(b) funds required for the current
financial year, less provision
already approved;
(c) how the additional provision
is to be financed, either by
addition to the total capital
expenditure for the year or by
withdrawal of provision for
projects that are deferred or
delayed.
Regulation 84—Withdrawal of
Provision for Rescheduled Works.
Where rescheduling of capital
works results in deferment of a
project or a reduced expenditure
for the current financial year, as
reported under regulation 66,
provision shall be withdrawn by
inclusion in the Revised Estimates
Schedule and the funds thus
withdrawn may not be expended
during the current year without
further authority being obtained
under regulation 83.
Regulation 85—Supplementary
Provision Arising from Increased
Project Costs.
(1) If additional funds are
required because of increased
project costs that could not be
foreseen when the annual estimates
were presented, application for
supplementary estimate shall be
made to the Senior Principal
Secretary through the planning
agency.
(2) The accompanying memorandum
shall explain the circumstances in
which the extra costs have arisen,
and indicate whether the
additional costs are to be
financed by withdrawal of
provision for projects which have
been deferred or delayed.
Regulation 86—Notification of
Approved Revised Schedule.
(1) When approved by the
Government the Revised Estimates
Schedule shall be forwarded to the
Controller and Accountant-General,
with a copy to the
Auditor-General.
(2) General or Specific Warrants
shall be issued to cover all
additional expenditure authorised
and copies of the approved
Schedule shall be published for
the information of all departments
concerned.
Regulation 87—Lapse of
Authorities.
The authority to spend conveyed by
annual and revised estimates shall
lapse at the close of the
financial year and all subordinate
expenditure authorities shall
lapse with it.
Regulation 88—Completion of the
Year’s Financial Business.
Heads of departments are required
to ensure that their subordinates
complete the year's financial
business before the close of the
financial year, and in particular
to:
(a) ensure the collection of all
revenue due and payable;
(b) settle all payments due for
goods or services rendered to
Government within the financial
year.
Regulation 89—Evasion of
Expenditure Control.
Spending officers may not vary the
normal course of payment to avoid
causing an excess on any item of
expenditure or to avoid lapse of
funds and in particular they may
not:
(a) defer payments due until the
following year;
(b) arrange for goods to be
supplied on credit for settlement
in the new financial year;
(c) make payments in advance for
goods or services to be delivered
in the new financial year;
(d) place funds on deposit, with a
Treasury Officer or any other
agency to avoid the consequences
of lapse of funds.
Failure to comply with this
regulation shall be deemed to be a
breach of discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 90—Double Spending.
(1) Spending officers may not
authorise payment against funds
already committed to uture
payment.
(2) Making such payments shall be
deemed to be a breach of
discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 91—Uncleared
Commitments.
Within ten days of the close of
each financial year, a head of
department shall prepare and
submit to the Senior Principal
Secretary a statement of all
commitments entered into but
undischarged before the end of the
financial year, together with an
explanation to the reasons why
they have not been cleared.
Regulation 92—Revote Warrant.
Where the Senior Principal
Secretary is satisfied that such
undischarged commitments may be
properly carried forward, and that
unexpended balances of the
previous year's appropriation are
available to finance their
discharge, he shall include such
undischarged commitments in a
Revote Schedule and seek the
approval of the Government for
issue of a Revote Warrant to
provide for discharged of such
commitments.
Regulation 93—Exclusion of Minor
Commitments.
(1) No application for revote on
recurrent items amounting to less
than 5 per cent of the total
provision for that item in the new
financial year shall be accepted.
(2) Such minor commitments shall
be carried forward as a commitment
against the provision for the new
financial year.
Regulation 94—Revotes to Included
in the Revised Estimates Schedule.
Expenditure authorised in the
Revote Warrant shall be included
in the appropriate section of the
first Revised Estimates Schedule
to be submitted in the new
financial year.
Regulation 95—Lapse of Funds and
Future Estimates.
Future estimates shall not be
reduced solely by reason of lapse
of funds in a previous year,
whether arising from the presence
of undischarged commitments or
not.
Regulation 96—Planned Savings.
Where a head of department wishes
to undertake an economy programme
with a view to the eventual
improvement of services in future
years, he shall consult with the
Senior Principal Secretary and by
mutual agreement any resultant
savings from the economy programme
may be reckoned in the financing
of any proposed new service.
Regulation 97—Duty to Review
Budgetary Results.
It is the duty of every head of
department to review the outcome
of the budgetary operations under
his control in light of the
results achieved, difficulties
experienced and criticisms made by
the Auditor-General or any other
person, the object of such a
review being to show that the head
of department's duty to exercise
budgetary control as defined in
regulation 65 has been duly
discharged, and to provide the
basis for improvement of future
operations.
Regulation 98—Duty to Submit an
Annual Financial Report.
The head of department shall
prepare, on the basis of the
review undertaken in accordance
with regulation 97, an annual
financial report be laid before
the Government. The form and
content of such report is laid
down in Part III of these
regulations.
Regulation 99—Schedule of Excess
Expenditure.
(1) The Controller and
Accountant-General shall, after
closure of the public accounts,
draw up a Schedule of Excess
Expenditure, showing all heads,
sub-heads and items on which
excess expenditure above the
revised estimates has occurred.
(2) He shall notify the heads of
department concerned, and they
shall submit an explanation for
the excesses and the failure to
obtain a prior approval to the
Senior Principal Secretary.
PART III—GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTS
Regulation 100—Public Accounts.
The documents and records
pertaining to public and trust
moneys received into, held in and
paid from the Consolidated Fund
shall be termed the public
accounts and shall be kept by the
Controller and Accountant-General
in accordance with regulation 2.
Regulation 101—Other Government
Accounts.
The documents and records
pertaining to the collection of
revenue, the control of
expenditure, the administration of
trust funds, the management of
public stores and such other
financial business as may be made
the responsibility of government
departments shall be termed other
government accounts and shall be
kept by heads of departments in
accordance with regulation 13.
Regulation 102—Interpretation and
Application.
All questions relating to the
interpretation and application of
instructions concerned with
government accounts contained in
these regulations shall be
determined by the Controller and
Accountant-General.
Regulation 103—Basis of Public
Accounts.
Except as provided for by any
enactment, or by these regulations
only moneys received into, held in
or paid out of the Consolidated
Fund shall be recorded in the
public accounts, and transactions
shall be recorded according to the
date of receipt or payment.
Regulation 104—Classification of
Public Accounts.
The public accounts shall be
classified and arranged in the
same form as the budget approved
by the Government with the
following exceptions:
(a) disbursements from sub-items
of recurrent expenditure need not
be separately recorded in the
public accounts;
(b) transactions relating to other
receipts and payments shall be
recorded in sufficient detail as
to show the exact financial
position as between the
Consolidated Fund and the persons
or institutions to or from whom
payments are due.
Regulation 105—Assignment of
Account Numbers.
No business shall be transacted
within any classification of the
public accounts until the
Controller and Accountant-General
has first assigned an account
number to that classification.
Regulation 106—Receipts and
Payments of the Consolidated Fund.
All moneys collected by government
departments shall be paid promptly
into the Consolidated Fund, from
which the Controller and
Accountant-General may authorise
disbursements upon proper
application by spending officers
in accordance with the laws,
instructions or agreements
relating to such disbursements.
Regulation 107—Effect of Closure.
Closing the public accounts for
any financial year shall conclude
the accounting for that year and
no further adjustments shall be
made to them. Closure of the
public accounts shall not debar
any claim, proceeding or
transaction arising therefrom. Any
transaction or adjustment arising
from close accounts shall be
recorded in the public accounts of
the year in which such transaction
or adjustment shall be made.
Regulation 108—Outstanding
Financial Business.
Before closure of the public
accounts, head of departments
shall submit to the Controller and
Accountant-General a statement
showing the financial business of
their department which is
incomplete at the close of the
financial year, as follows:
(a) revenue due but uncollected;
(b) commitments undischarged;
(c) bills due but unpaid.
Regulation 109—Failure to Provide
Statement.
The Controller and
Accountant-General shall include
in his report details of all heads
of departments failing to submit
statements of outstanding
financial business at the close of
the financial year.
Regulation 110—Basis of Other
Government Accounts.
Other government accounts shall be
kept on a commitment, accrual,
cash or cost basis as shall be
required by the needs of public
business and approved in
Departmental Accounting
Instructions prepared in
accordance with regulation 14.
Regulation 111—Accounts of
Appropriations.
Departmental accounts of
appropriations shall record
disbursements authorised against
such appropriations, the date of
authorisation governing the date
of entry to the accounts.
Regulation 112—Classification of
Other Government Accounts.
Accounts of revenue and
appropriations shall be classified
in accordance with budgetary
estimates and any other account
shall be classified according to
the account number assigned to it
by the Controller and
Accountant-General in accordance
with regulation 105.
Regulation 113—Departmental
Classification.
Subject to the provisions of
regulation 112, heads of
departments may use such other
classification as may be required
for the conduct of public
financial business and are
specified in Departmental
Accounting Instructions.
Regulation 114—Instructions
Pertaining to Particular Classes
of Transactions.
Other government accounts are
subject to general instructions
covering particular classes of
transactions as specified in the
appropriate part of these
regulations.
Regulation 115—Annual Report.
(1) Each head of department shall
within three months of the end of
each financial year prepare and
submit to the Government a report
on the work of the department
during the financial year giving
statistical data of the work done
in relation to the appropriations
granted.
(2) This report shall include the
annual financial statement of the
department showing:
(a) the revenue collected and
expenditure made against the
original and revised estimates of
the year;
(b) the progress of capital works
projects showing the project
total, the expenditure for the
year and the accumulated
expenditure to date for each
project, together with details of
any rescheduling or work during
the year and the reasons therefor;
(c) the details of other financial
business transacted during the
year, comparing results with those
of the previous year;
(d) details of any remissions of
revenue, losses incurred and
losses written off during the
year;
(e) details of incomplete
financial business as reported
under regulation 108 and carried
forward into the new financial
year;
(f) such other information as may
be required by the Government.
Regulation 116—Responsibility for
Handing Over.
The accountability of a public
officer as defined in regulation 1
shall not be completed until the
financial and accounting records
kept by him have been properly
handed over to an officer taking
over his duties.
Regulation 117—Handing Over
Statement.
(1) An officer handing over
financial and accounting duties to
a relieving officer shall prepare
and sign a statement in triplicate
showing:
(a) details of all accounting
records and documents kept;
(b) details of all keys, cash and
bank balances, public stores and
equipment on hand;
(c) details of all financial
business in hand, including
outstanding audit queries;,
(d) details of financial and
accounting duties assigned to
subordinate staff;
(e) handing-over detail in respect
of particular classes of business
as required by relations or
Departmental Accounting
Instructions.
(2) Failure to prepare such a
statement, except in circumstances
to which regulation 120 is
applicable, shall be deemed to be
a breach of discipline as defined
in regulation 24.
Regulation 118—Taking Over.
(1) The officer taking over shall
check that the details in the
handing-over statement are
complete and correct, that records
have been properly entered up to
date, and verify all balances.
(2) Any discrepancy or observation
should be noted on all copies of
the handing-over statement.
Regulation 119—Signature and
Distribution of Statements.
(1) When both parties are
satisfied that the handing-over
statement is in order, the
completion of hand-over shall be
signified by the signature of the
relieving officer.
(2) Each officer shall retain one
copy of the statement and one copy
shall be retained on the office
file.
Regulation 120—Inability to Hand
Over.
If an officer is prevented by
death or disability from preparing
a handing-over statement, his
immediate superior, together with
the relieving or any other
officer, shall draw up a statement
as required by regulation 117, and
the statement shall note any
irregularities found and shall
also record the circumstances in
which take-over became necessary.
Regulation 121—Delay of Relieving
Officer.
(1) If the relieving officer
cannot report for duty before the
officer handing over leaves his
post the handing-over statement
will be checked and signed by the
latter's immediate superior or
subordinate.
(2) The statement shall then be
checked and signed by the
relieving officer when he assumes
duty.
Regulation 122—Taking-Over
Statements.
(1) If a relieving officer finds
that no handing-over statement has
been prepared, he shall report the
matter to his immediate superior
who should take action as
specified in regulation 120, and
report the matter to the head of
department.
(2) Failure to prepare a
taking-over statement shall be
deemed to be a breach of
discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 123—Cessation of
Duties.
(1) Where financial business is
discontinued in any office, the
officer responsible for that
business shall clear up all
matters out standing and report
the date of cessation to the
Auditor-General or to his nearest
representative.
(2) On satisfactory completion of
audit and settlement of any
matters arising, a handing-over
statement shall be prepared and
all records formally taken over by
an appointed custodian.
Regulation 124—Departmental
Variations.
A
head of department may in
appropriate Departmental
Accounting Instructions, vary
these regulations in detail by:
(a) requiring additional copies of
handing-over statements for
particular posts to be sent to
him;
(b) amplifying the detail to be
recorded in the statements.
Regulation 125—Internal Control.
It is the duty of a head of
department to ensure that the
financial business of his
department is so organised that
proper supervision is exercised
over the work of subordinate
officers.
Regulation 126—Internal Check.
(1) Where the circumstances of
public financial business so
allow, financial and accounting
duties will be so arranged that
the work of each person shall be
subject to the scrutiny of at
least one other person.
(2) Specific requirements in
respect of particular cases of
accounts shall be laid down in the
appropriate part of these
regulations.
Regulation 127—Duty to Report
Irregularity.
(1) It is the duty of any officer
observing financial or accounting
irregularity on the part of
another officer to report the
matter in writing to a senior
officer.
(2) Failure to do so shall render
him liable to prosecution under
section 76 (1) (e) of the
Financial Administration Decree,
1979.
Regulation 128—Accounting
Responsibility not Diminished by
Audit.
The responsibility of the
Auditor-General for examining and
certifying government accounts
does not relieve any officer
responsible for keeping or
rendering such accounts from his
duty to comply, and to ensure the
compliance of his subordinates,
with the provisions of any
enactment, with these regulations,
or with any instructions or
directions issued thereunder
Regulation 129—Security of
Signatures.
It is the duty of any officer
signing any document or record
pertaining to accounts to ensure
that his signature is given in
such away as to preclude
subsequent alteration or addition
to the information contained in
such document or record.
Regulation 130—Signing Blank.
(1) In no circumstances shall an
officer sign any document or
record pertaining to accounts
before it has been fully
completed.
(2) The giving of a signature in
these circumstances shall be
deemed to be a breach of
discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 131—Signing Blind.
(1) It is the duty of any officer
signing any document or record
pertaining to accounts to satisfy
himself that it is proper to give
such signature, and his signature
shall be evidence of his accepting
such responsibility.
(2) The giving of a signature
without adequate evidence of the
propriety of doing so shall
constitute negligence, and
disciplinary action shall be taken
accordingly.
Regulation 132—Supply of Account
Books and Forms.
It is the duty of all officers
responsible for keeping financial
and accounting records in
accordance with regulation 1 to
see that they are provided with
the necessary books and forms for
the purpose, but the
non-availability of such books,
and forms shall not relieve them
from their responsibility for
keeping records under regulation
1.
Regulation 133—Treasury Forms.
Accounting forms for general use
shall be issued under the
authority of the Controller and
Accountant-General, and shall be
numbered as either "Treasury
Forms" or "Treasury Book Forms".
Supplies shall be ordered directly
from the Controller and
Accountant- General.
Regulation 134—Guide to Treasury
Forms.
The Controller and
Accountant-General shall issue as
Guide to Treasury Forms for the
use by departments, which shall
list and explain the use of
current forms.
Regulation 135—Departmental Forms.
Special departmental accounting
forms as specified in Departmental
Accounting Instructions shall
require the prior approval of the
Controller and Accountant-General
before introduction and use.
Regulation 136—Accounting
Machines.
Accounting machines may only be
introduced upon the recommendation
of the Controller and
Accountant-General, and subject to
budgetary provision in the Annual
Estimates in accordance with
regulation 45 (b).
Regulation 137—Proprietary
Systems.
Loose leaf or card ledgers, or
multiple posting systems may only
be introduced with the prior
approval of the Controller and
Accountant-General.
Regulation 138—Review of
Accounting System.
(1) Any head of department who
considers that a prima facie case
exists for the introduction of
machine accounting or special
manual systems into his
department, shall apply to the
Controller and Accountant-General
for systems review to be conducted
in order to determine the most
suitable system to be used.
(2) The new system shall include
the detailed control arrangements
to be applied.
Regulation 139—Posting of
Accounts.
All accounting records shall be
kept posted correctly and up to
date, and heads of departments
shall report to the Controller and
Accountant-General if postings are
falling into arrears or if there
is undue incidence of error.
Regulation 140—Use of Ink.
(1) All accounting records and
documents should be typewritten or
written in ink.
(2) A ball-point pen should be
used for all documents requiring
the production of carbon
duplicates.
Regulation 141—Restricted Use of
Green Ink.
(1) The use of green ink or pencil
in the transaction of official
business is restricted to the
officers of the Auditor-General's
Department.
(2) This restriction does not
affect the use of green ink in
Drawing Offices.
Regulation 142—Use of Pencils.
(1) Pencils may be used in
accounting records for the purpose
of checking the accuracy of
entries or for entry of
preliminary totals before
balancing.
(2) Any marks made or figures
noted shall be entered neatly and
in such a way as not to obscure
the entries or to disfigure the
account.
(3) Such checking marks shall be
deemed to be entries into the
account for the purposes of
regulation 143.
Regulation 143—Prohibition of
Erasures and Alterations.
(1) No entry in any accounting
record or document may be erased
or altered by writing over.
(2) Failure to comply with this
instruction shall be deemed to be
a breach of discipline as defined
in regulation 24.
Regulation 144—Amendment of
Figures.
An incorrect figure on a document
may be amended by ruling a single
line through it, in such a way
that the original entry may be
clearly read, and the correct
figure inserted above. The amended
entry will be initialled by the
officer signing or certifying the
document.
Regulation 145—Adjusting Entries.
(1) An incorrect figure in an
accounting record will be
corrected by adjusting entry,
either by a properly authorised
journal voucher or by initialling
the entries concerned.
(2) Corrections to accounting
records may only be authorised or
made by the officer responsible
for preparation of the account.
Regulation 146—Alteration of
Audited Figures.
(1) No emendation or adjustment
maybe made to audited figures
without the express permission in
writing of the Auditor-General or
his local representative.
(2) The making of any such
emendation or adjustment without
authority shall be deemed to be a
breach of discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 147—Fractions of One
Pesewa.
(1) No fractional part of a
pesewa shall be recorded as a
receipt or disbursement.
(2) If used in pricing, fractions
of a pesewa shall be rounded to
the nearest pesewa upwards for
purposes of receipt or
disbursement.
PART IV—CONSOLIDATED FUND RECEIPTS
Regulation 148—Payment into the
Consolidated Fund.
(1) All public and trust moneys
collected or received by any
government officer shall be
promptly paid into the
Consolidated Fund in such manner
as may be required by law or as
the Controller and
Accountant-General may direct.
(2) Such moneys shall be deemed to
have been paid into the
Consolidated Fund when an official
Treasury Counterfoil Receipt has
been issued for a Treasury Office
as established under regulation 6.
Regulation 149—Payments to be made
Gross.
(1) Moneys collected shall be paid
in gross to the Consolidated Fund
and no disbursement shall be made
from them.
(2) Making payments from moneys
collected, other than to a
Treasury Office, shall be deemed
to be a breach of discipline as
defined in regulation 24.
Regulation 150—Classification of
Receipts.
Receipts into the Consolidated
Fund shall be broadly classified
as follows:
Public Moneys—
(a) Revenue—recurrent and
non-recurrent;
(b) Other Receipts—the product of
borrowing; repayment of government
loans and advances; sales of
government loans and advances;
sales of government securities;
sales of government equity
investments.
Trust Moneys—
(c) Deposits, Special and Trust
Funds.
Regulation 151—Responsibility for
Collections.
(1) The collection of public and
trust moneys according to law is
the responsibility of heads of
departments, who shall appoint
supervising collectors for cash
areas where collection is
required.
(2) A supervising collector shall
be responsible for supervision and
control of collectors responsible
for receiving moneys from the
public and paying such moneys into
the Consolidated Fund.
Regulation 152—Appointment of
Supervising Collectors.
(1) The head of department shall
notify the appropriate Treasury
Office or Offices, with a copy to
the local representative of the
Auditor-General, of the name and
rank of a supervising collector on
initial appointment to a
particular area.
(2) Such a supervising collector
shall notify the name of his
successor on hand-over and shall
note that he has done so in the
handing-over statement prepared in
accordance with regulation 117.
Regulation 153—Authorised
Collectors.
(1) Only officers duly authorised
by the local representative of the
Controller and Accountant-General
(hereafter called the Treasury
Officer) may collect and receive
public and trust moneys for
payment into the Consolidated
Fund.
(2) A supervising collector shall
seek authorisation from the
Treasury Officer for any member of
his staff to act as collector.
(3) The application shall be on a
form prescribed by the Controller
and Accountant- General, to be
obtained from the Treasury Office,
and shall specify the name and
rank of the proposed collector,
the classes of receipt and size of
collections to be handled in the
normal course of business and such
other information as may be
necessary.
Regulation 154—Responsibility of
the Treasury Officer.
If the Treasury Officer is not
satisfied that the rank and
accounting experience of the
officer nominated is appropriate
to the size of the collection, the
Treasury Officer shall refuse his
authorisation as collector.
Regulation 155—Treasury Collection
Instructions.
In authorising an appointment as
collector the Treasury Officer
shall specify procedures to be
followed by the collector in
making payments into the
Consolidated Fund, including:
(a) the banking of cash
collections;
(b) the making of collection
checks;
(c) the appointed times of
attendance at the Treasury Office
for payments.
Regulation 156—Appointment of
Sub-collectors.
(1) Where the conduct of a
collection so requires,
Departmental Accounting
Instructions may provide for the
appointment of sub-collectors.
(2) Sub-collectors will be
responsible to the collector for
due performance of their duties,
and shall pay in their collections
to him and not to the Treasury
Office.
(3) The authorised collector shall
be fully accountable for all
collections made by
sub-collectors.
Regulation 157—Unauthorised
Receipts.
(1) No officer, other than a
collector or sub-collector, may
receive money from the public, and
if such moneys are tendered to
him, he shall direct the person
concerned to pay to an authorised
collector.
(2) If moneys come into his
possession in circumstances in
which this procedure is not
possible, he shall immediately pay
over the money, either to an
authorised collector or, failing
that, to the nearest Treasury
Office.
(3) Retention of moneys for more
than 24 hours by a person other
than an authorised collector shall
be deemed to be a breach of
discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 158—Ceremonial
Receipts.
If the tender of any moneys to
Government is arranged as a matter
of public or official ceremony,
the officer responsible shall
inform the Controller and
Accountant-General before hand, so
that a Treasury Officer may be
assigned to attend such ceremony
and to take custody of the amount
paid.
Regulation 159—Co-operation of the
Public.
It is the duty of a head of
department to arrange collections
in such a way as to avoid
inconvenience to members of the
public and to obtain their
co-operation in maintaining a
secure and smooth flow of receipt
into the Consolidated Fund.
Regulation 160—Information of
Official Receipting Arrangement.
The public should be informed, by
notice or such other means as a
head of department may deem
necessary, that a numbered
official receipt should be
obtained for all moneys paid by
them to a government official and
that they are entitled to refuse
payment if no such receipt is
offered.
Regulation 161—Hours of Collection.
Official collecting offices must
display a notice prominently to
indicate the official hours of
collection, and services shall be
maintained throughout these hours.
Regulation 162—Identification of
Collectors.
(1) If collection is to be made at
any place other than in an office
of the department concerned, the
collector or sub-collector shall
carry a notice of authorisation
signed by the supervising
collector and counter-stamped by
the appropriate Treasury Officer.
(2) Failure to carry a notice of
authorisation shall be deemed to
be a breach of discipline as
defined in regulation 24.
Regulation 163—Official Receipt
Forms.
Unless an alternative form is
expressly provided for in approved
Departmental Accounting
Instructions, the General
Counterfoil Receipt in triplicate
shall be used for all collections.
Regulation 164—Prohibition of
Temporary or Unauthorised Forms.
In no circumstances may temporary
receipts, or receipts other wise
than in the authorised form, be
used for collections and the issue
of such temporary or unauthorised
receipt forms shall be deemed to
be a breach of discipline as
defined in regulation 24.
Regulation 165—Preparation of
Forms.
Except in the case of postal
remittances as provided for under
regulation 173, the General
Counterfoil Receipt shall be
prepared in the presence of the
payer, the original being
completed with a ballpoint pen and
double-sided carbon paper used for
completing the duplicate and
triplicate copies which should be
facsimile copies of the original.
Regulation 166—Detail to be
Recorded.
The following detail shall be
recorded on the General
Counterfoil Receipt:
(a) the date of collection;
(b) the name of the payer,
together with such detail
including bill number, personal
account number, as shall be
sufficient to identify the
transaction in depart mental
accounts;
(c) detail of the transaction
sufficient to identify the
collection concerned and its
computation;
(d) the accounting classification;
(e) the amount received in both
words and figures;
(f) if payment is by cheque, the
cheque number
(g) the signature of the receiving
collector or subcollector.
Regulation 167—Official Stamp.
All General Counterfoil Receipts
must be stamped with the name of
the office of collection before
issue.
Regulation 168—Issue of Original
Receipt.
When a collector is satisfied that
the money tendered is in order,
the original of the General
Counterfoil Receipt will be handed
to the payer, and the duplicate
and triplicate copies dealt with
as required by regulation 196.
Regulation 169—Errors in
Completing Receipt Forms.
(1) If an error is made in
preparation of a receipt form, it
shall be cancelled and retained in
the book; a new form shall then be
prepared.
(2) In no circumstances whatsoever
shall detail on a receipt form be
erased, altered or amended.
(3) The issue of a receipt bearing
any erasure, alteration or
emendation shall be deemed to be a
breach of discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 170—Receipt Forms to be
Issued in Sequence.
(1) General Counterfoil Receipt
Forms shall be issued in strict
numerical sequence, and a new book
shall not be used until the old
one has been completed.
(2) The issue of receipt forms out
of sequence shall be deemed to be
a breach of discipline as defined
in regulation 24.
Regulation 171—Special
Departmental Receipt Forms.
(1) Where a head of department
considers that the number of
transactions is such that the use
of General Counterfoil Receipt
forms causes inconvenience to the
public, or does not provide
internal accounting detail in a
satisfactory way, he may seek the
approval of the Controller and
Accountant-General for the use of
a special departmental receipt
form in accordance with regulation
135.
(2) If methods of control, other
than those prescribed in these
regulations, are required they
shall be specified in Departmental
Accounting Instructions.
Regulation 172—Receipting
Machines.
The use of receipting machines or
multiple-posting systems shall be
dealt with in accordance with
regulation 138.
Regulation 173—Postal Remittances.
Where payments are remitted to
departments through the post,
Departmental Accounting
Instructions shall provide for
adequate measures to prevent loss,
and the measures shall include;
(a) a requirement that mail shall
be opened by an officer not below
the rank of Executive Officer in
the presence of at least one
witness;
(b) the entry of all remittances
promptly to a postal remittance
register in sufficient detail to
identify the monetary instrument
used;
(c) the collector to sign the
register for all remittances taken
over by him for issue of receipt
forms.
Regulation 174—Control of Receipt
Forms.
Control arrangements for receipt
forms shall be made as laid down
in Part VIII of these regulations.
Regulation 175—Acceptance of Legal
Tender.
Currency which is the legal tender
of Ghana shall be accepted in
payment of any amount due to the
Government.
Regulation 176—Acceptance of
Cheques.
(1) A cheque drawn on an account
held at a bank in Ghana may be
accepted in payment of any amount
due to the Government provided
that the collector has reasonable
grounds for supposing that it will
be met.
(2) He may refuse to accept a
cheque without assigning any
reason.
Regulation 177—Cheques to be
Payable to the Government of Ghana
and Crossed.
(1) Cheques in respect of payments
to Government shall be made
payable to the "Government of
Ghana" and crossed and where a
cheque has been received:
(a) incorrectly drawn in the name
or post of a particular officer,
it shall immediately be endorsed
by that officer "Pay to the
Government of Ghana";
(b) uncrossed, it shall
immediately be crossed.
(2) Failure to comply with this
instruction shall be deemed to be
a breach of discipline as defined
in regulation 24.
Regulation 178—Monetary
Instruments Requiring Prior
Approval.
Cheques drawn on bank accounts
outside Ghana, or any bill of
exchange (other than a cheque) or
any promissory note, may not be
accepted without the prior
approval of the Controller and
Accountant General.
Regulation 179—Money and Postal
Orders.
Ghana money and postal orders may
be accepted in respect of payments
due to government, subject to the
provisions of regulation 177.
Regulation 180—Dishonoured
Cheques.
(1) If any cheque is dishonoured
by the bank, it shall be returned
to the Treasury Officer concerned.
(2) The treasury Officer shall
clear his cash account by charging
the amount of the dishonoured
cheque to an advance account in
the name of the collector
concerned and notify him
accordingly.
(3) The collector shall then be
responsible for recovering the
value of the cheque from the
person concerned in order to clear
the advance account.
Regulation 181—Collections Outside
Ghana.
These rules shall apply to
collections made in government
departments located outside Ghana,
subject to such variations as may
be approved in Departmental
Accounting Instructions.
Regulation 182—Rules about
Acceptance of Cheques.
(1) Heads of departments may, in
Departmental Accounting
Instructions, make further rules
regarding acceptance of cheques in
relation to particular
collections.
(2) In general, cheques shall not
be accepted when:
(a) the payment involved is
related to an immediate exchange
of value;
(b) no sufficient indentification
of the payer is available to the
collector;
(c) they have been post-dated;
(d) they are drawn for amounts in
excess of the payment due to
government.
Regulation 183—Collector’s Cash
Book.
Every collector shall keep a cash
book in which all receipts shall
be entered without delay and
payments into a Treasury bank
account in accordance with
regulation 155 and into the
Consolidated Fund in accordance
with regulation 148 shall also be
recorded therein.
Regulation 184—Sub-collector’s
Cash Book.
Where a sub-collector is appointed
under regulation 156, he shall
keep a cash book for the prompt
recording of all receipts, but
shall pay all collections over to
the collector who shall be
responsible for banking and for
payment into the Consolidated
Fund.
Regulation 185—Security of
Collections.
The supervising collector shall be
responsible for seing that
adequate arrangements are made for
the safe custody of collections in
accordance with the principles
laid down in Part VII of these
regulations.
Regulation 186—Information in Cash
Book.
(1) Cash books shall record the
date of receipt, receipt number
and particulars of the
transaction.
(2) In the case of fixed fee or
ticket receipts it shall be
sufficient, unless Departmental
Accounting Instructions otherwise
provide, for the daily opening and
closing numbers of each
denomination, together with the
amount collected, to be recorded.
Regulation 187—Payments of
Collector.
(1) At times to be specified by
the collector, all sub-collectors
shall balance off their cash books
and, if appropriate, prepare an
analysis by accounts
classification of their receipts
for the period since the previous
payment to the collector, and
present themselves for cash check
by the collector.
(2) They shall have available—
(a) their cash book and all cash
on hand;
(b) all receipt forms, used or
unused, held by them and any
unused tickets on hand.
Regulation 188—Cash Check.
The collector shall ensure that:
(a) all receipt forms which should
be on hand are duly presented for
cheek;
(b) that all receipts and tickets
used have been correctly entered
into the cash-book and have been
correctly analysed;
(c) that the duplicate and
triplicate copies are in agreement
and that no contravention of
regulations 169 and 170 has
occurred;
(d) that the cash-book has been
cast correctly and agrees with the
cash on hand.
Regulation 189—Issue of
Collector’s Receipt.
When the collector is satisfied
that the sub-collector's cash and
cash-book are in order, he shall
sign the cash-book and issue his
own receipt to the sub-collector,
showing collections under each
classification of account, and
this shall be held by the
sub-collector as proof of payment
for audit purposes.
Regulation 190—Payments to
Treasury.
The procedure outlined in
regulations 187 to 189 shall
similarly be followed by the
collector at the times appointed
for this payment into the
Consolidated Fund under regulation
155, with the following
variations:
(a) receipted bank
paying-in-slips shall be presented
instead of cash;
(b) the cash check shall be
carried out either by the
supervising collector or an
officer deputed by him or by the
Treasury Officer receiving payment
into the Consolidated Fund.
Regulation 191—Treasury Check.
In accordance with his general
responsibility for the receipt of
public and trust moneys under
regulation 2, the Controller and
Accountant-General requires
Treasury Officers to conduct a
cash check on all payments made
into the Consolidated Fund.
Regulation 192—Waiver of Treasury
Check.
If the Controller and
Accountant-General is satisfied
that Departmental Accounting
Instructions provide for an
adequate internal system of cash
check, he may waive the
requirement for a Treasury check
and authorise Treasury Officers to
accept departmental collections
under such alternative
arrangements as he may approve.
Regulation 193—Authority of
Treasury Officer.
Notwithstanding the provisions of
regulation 192, a Treasury Officer
may:
(a) by agreement with the
supervising collector concerned,
conduct cash cheeks in places
where effective departmental
arrangements cannot be made;
(b) require a Treasury check to be
carried out to test the adequacy
of departmental arrangements.
Regulation 194—Location of
Treasury Checks.
Treasury cash checks shall be
carried out at the Treasury Office
or at the departmental collection
office as the Treasury Officer, in
consultation with supervising
collector, shall determine.
Regulation 195—Checks of Special
Systems.
Similar cash checks shall be
carried out where systems are
based on receipting machines or
multiple-posting and the specific
cheek required shall be laid down
in Departmental Accounting
Instructions.
Regulation 196—Disposal of
Duplicate Receipts.
(1) After payment has been made
into the Consolidated Fund, the
duplicate receipt forms may be
removed from the book and passed
to officers responsible for
posting collection accounts
referred to in subsequent sections
of this Part.
(2) Triplicate copies shall be
retained by the collector in
support of his cash-book entries
for audit purposes.
Regulation 197—Revenue Duties of
Head of Department.
A
head of department responsible for
the collection of revenue under
regulation 151 shall maintain a
record of all collections made and
paid into the Consolidated Fund
for each area where collection is
made and the collections will be
continuously compared against:
(a) the annual estimate of the
department prepared under
regulation 33, as may have been
revised under regulation 79;
(b) an annual estimate for each
collection area.
Regulation 198—Control of Revenue.
The day-to-day control of revenue
business shall be the
responsibility of supervising
collectors who shall, in addition
to their duty to supervise
collectors as described in
regulation 151, establish a
separate accounts section or
sections to:
(a) maintain records of the
revenues due to Government;
(b) record amounts collected
against amounts due;
(c) ensure that all amounts due
are promptly and fully collected.
Regulation 199—Revenue Accounts.
(1) The accounts to be kept shall
consist of:
(a) a control account, showing
aggregates of revenue due and
collections made for any given
period, as modified by any
necessary adjustments. The control
account shall be kept by, or under
the direct supervision of, the
supervising collector;
(b) individual revenue accounts in
respect of each person from whom
revenue is due. These personal
accounts should be kept by a
separate section.
(2) The two sets of accounts
shall be reconciled regularly to
prove the accuracy of posting
Regulation 200—Amounts Becoming
Due at Time of Payments.
Where liability to pay revenue
coincides with the making of a
payment, and it is thus not
possible to prepare accounts of
revenue due before collections are
made, the supervising collector
shall arrange for a cheek of the
revenue due to be made
independently of the collection
staff.
Regulation 201—Duties of
Collecting and Accounting to be
Separated.
The duties of collection and
accounting must be allocated to
different members of staff, and
the supervising collector shall
take all reasonable steps to
preclude collusion between the
officers undertaking these two
different duties.
Regulation 202—Notice of Liability
to Pay Revenue.
(1) Notices to a member of the
public stating the revenue due
from him shall be on a serially
numbered form to be specified in
Departmental Accounting
Instructions and such forms shall
be controlled as value books in
accordance with Part VIII of these
regulations.
(2) The form shall contain such
detail as to enable the person
receiving it to check the amount
as being properly due and the
person shall also be informed
(a) where, and at what times,
payment may be made;
(b) what means of payment is
acceptable;
(c) where postal remittances may
be used, the precautions to be
observed.
Regulation 203—Use of Revenue
Accounts.
The supervising collector shall
scrutinise revenue accounts at
frequent intervals to ensure that:
(a) control and personal accounts
are properly reconciled:
(b) billing, collection and
accounts posting are all kept
properly up to date;
(c) uncollected balances and
arrears are kept to a minimum;
(d) proper action is taken to deal
with cases or revenue in arrears.
Regulation 204—Arrears of Revenue.
(1) Any amount of revenue due that
has not been paid to a collector
within the normal period allowed
for its collection shall be deemed
to be revenue in arrears.
(2) At the end of each month of
account, a detailed list of all
revenue in arrears shall be
extracted from the revenue
accounts and signed by the
supervising collector.
(3) The duty of investigating and
securing payment of these arrears
shall be assigned to a person
other than a member of the
collecting staff.
Regulation 205—Uncollectable
Revenue.
If for any reason revenue in
arrears shall prove to be
uncollectable, the amount involved
shall be dealt with as a loss as
prescribed in Part XIII of these
regulations.
Regulation 206—Monthly Returns of
Revenue.
Within seven days of the end of
each month of account, the
supervising collector shall submit
a return of revenue to his head of
department, showing for each time
collected:
(a) Payments into the Consolidated
Fund, quoting the date number and
amount of all Treasury Receipts
issued to the collector;
(b) amounts remaining in
collector's hands not yet paid to
the Consolidated Fund;
(c) total collections for the
month;
(d) balances due but uncollected;
(e) the total amount due that is
in arrears.
Regulation 207—Revenue of Other
Departments.
Any supervising collector who is
responsible for collecting revenue
on behalf of another department
shall forward a monthly return of
that revenue to the head of the
department concerned in accordance
with regulation 12.
Regulation 208—Refunds of Revenue.
Refunds of revenue fall into two
classes:
(a) those in respect of revenue
correctly collected in accordance
with the law, and subsequently
reclaimed under conditions
prescribed by law;
(b) those which result from
erroneous collection.
Regulation 209—Authority for
Refund
Refunds may be authorised as
follows:
(a) in the case of refunds under
regulation 208 (a), by the
authority prescribed in the
appropriate enactment;
(b) in the case of refunds under
regulation 208 (b), where the
erroneous collection took place
in:
(i)
the current year; a departmental
spending officer may authorise a
payment from the Consolidated Fund
in accordance with Part V of these
regulations chargeable to the
revenue item concerned;
(ii) a previous year; details of
the necessary refunds shall be
supplied to the appropriate
Treasury Officer who may authorise
a payment from the Consolidated
Fund chargeable to an expenditure
item under the control of the
Controller and Accountant-General
"Refund of Revenue collected in
previous years".
If the enactment referred to in
paragraph (a) above does not
specify a detailed refunding
procedure, the procedure given in
paragraph (b) shall be applied.
Regulation 210—Review of Revenue
Collection
Within three months of the end of
any financial year, each
supervising collector shall
prepare a report on the year's
collection of revenue within his
area of responsibility, and the
report shall include:
(a) a statement of the revenue
collected during the year, as
compared with original and revised
estimates, and with collections of
previous years;
(b) such other statistics as may
explain results, including an
analysis of arrears;
(c) comments on difficulties
experienced, and methods adopted
to deal with them.
Regulation 211—Internal Audit
A
head of department shall arrange
for periodic inspection of revenue
accounts within his department.
Regulation 212—Categories of
Transaction
(1) Other receipts of public
moneys fall into one or other of
two broad categories:
(a) major transactions that are
required to be accounted for in
detail in the public accounts;
(b) minor transactions that are to
be accounted for in aggregate in
the public accounts and to be
accounted for in detail in other
government accounts under the
responsibility of the appropriate
head of department.
(2) The Controller and
Accountant-General shall determine
the classification and procedure
to be applied in either of these
two cases.
Regulation 213—Accounts of Other
Receipts
(1) Despite the requirement of
detailed accounting in the public
accounts, a head of department
responsible for major transactions
shall keep accounting record of
them.
(2) In the case of minor
transactions, departmental
accounts shall be kept and
controlled in the manner
prescribed for revenue accounts in
regulations 197 to 203, subject to
specific instructions as laid down
elsewhere in these regulations.
Regulation 214—Definition of Trust
Money
Trust moneys are moneys received
by the Government as agent for
members of the public or the
administrators of a trust, and
held in the Consolidated Fund
until repaid or disbursed in
accordance with any enactment,
agreement or regulations governing
the operation of a particular
trust.
Regulation 215—Receipts to be
Lodged in the Consolidated Fund
All receipts in respect of trust
funds shall be lodged in the
Consolidated Fund, and all
disbursements made therefrom as
payments from the Consolidated
Fund in accordance with Part V of
these regulations.
PART V—CONSOLIDATED FUND PAYMENTS
Regulation 216—Payment under
Authority of Law
As provided by section 14 of the
Financial Administration Decree,
1979 no payment shall be made out
of the Consolidated Fund except in
the manner provided by law.
Regulation 217—Responsibility of
the Controller and
Accountant-General
All disbursements shall be made
under the authority of the
Controller and Accountant-General,
who shall make them upon orders
for disbursement by duly appointed
departmental officers after he has
satisfied himself that the payment
is lawful.
Regulation 218—Delegation by
Controller and Accountant- General
The Controller and
Accountant-General may delegate
disbursement responsibilities to
heads of departments by:
(a) the issue of imprests for
meeting immediate cash payments in
accordance with Part IX of these
regulations;
(b) the appointment of
departmental paying officers in
accordance with regulations 258
and 261.
Regulation 219—Responsibility of
Heads of Departments
The responsibility of the
Controller and Accountant-General
extends only to the legality of
payment and it is the
responsibility of heads of
departments to ensure that:
(a) orders for disbursement by the
Controller and Accountant- General
have been properly given;
(b) moneys are disbursed in such a
way as to secure the maximum
possible benefit to the public
service;
(c) payments for goods and
services are made promptly as and
when payments is due.
Regulation 220—Classification of
Payments
(1) Payments from the Consolidated
Fund shall be classified and
lawfully made as follows:
Class of Payments Legal
Authority
Public moneys—
Expenditure Recurrent and
Capital estimates duly authorised
as described in Part II of these
regulations.
Other Payments—
(a) Redemption of Debt Loans
Act, 1970 (Act 335);
(b) Government Advances
Regulations made under section 23
of the Financial Administration
Decree, 1979;
(c) Government Loans
Various authorities including
instruments made under the
Statutory Corporations Act, 1964
(Act 232) and Financial
Administration, Decree, 1979,
section 25;
(d) Purchase of Securities
Financial Administration Decree,
1979 section 22;
(e) Government Equity
Investments. Various
authorities including instruments
made under the Statutory
Corporations Act, 1964 (Act 232)
and Financial Administration,
Decree, 1979 section
26;
Trust Moneys—
(a) Deposits Financial
Administration Decree, 1979
section 8 and specific enactments
pertaining to particular kinds of
deposits;
(b) Special and Trust
Funds Financial
Administration Decree, 1979
section 9 and any enactment or
agreement pertaining to specific
funds.
(2) Within these general classes,
certain categories of payment may
be charged upon the Consolidated
Fund by an enactment, so that no
annual appropriation is required
for their payment.
Regulation 221—Appointment of
Spending Officers
Heads of departments may delegate
authority to order disbursements
to subordinate officers (hereafter
called spending officers) within
each area where disbursement may
be required.
Regulation 222—Method of
Appointment
Authority to order disbursement
shall be conveyed as follows:
(a) In the case of Expenditure by
the issue of a Financial
Encumbrance in accordance with
regulation 287;
(b) In the case of Other Payments
and Trust Moneys, as prescribed by
Departmental Accounting
Instructions in relation to the
general authority governing
transactions as indicated in
regulation 220.
Regulation 223—Validation of
Appointment
(1) No authority to order
disbursement shall be valid until
it has been notified to the
appropriate Treasury Officer and
two specimens of the spending
officer's signature provided.
(2) After initial appointment of a
spending officer to a given area,
subsequent notification and
provision of specimen signatures
shall be made by the spending
officer handing over to his
successor and this notification
shall be recorded in handing over
statements prepared in accordance
with regulation 117.
Regulation 224—Appointment of
Alternate Spending Officer
Heads of departments may appoint
alternate spending officers within
any area to facilitate the conduct
of business in case of temporary
absence of the spending officer
and such alternate spending
officers shall be responsible for
the proper discharge of their
duties to the spending officer.
Regulation 225—Rank of Spending
Officer
(1) Local heads of departments
shall normally be the spending
officers appointed, with their
deputies as alternate spending
officer.
(2) No officer may be appointed as
spending officer or alternate
spending officer if:
(a) he is a member of the
Accounting Class serving in a
Treasury Office in receipt of a
salary less than Range 57;
(b) he is a member of the
Accounting Class serving in any
other office in receipt of a
salary less than Range 60;
(c) he is a member of any other
class in receipt of a salary less
than Range 60.
Regulation 226—Authority of
Spending Officer
A
duly appointed spending officer is
the only officer empowered to:
(a) commit funds by the placing of
orders or contracts for the
provision of goods or services,
(b) issue an order for
disbursement to the Controller and
Accountant-General.
Regulation 227—Delegation by a
Spending Officer
(1) A spending officer may
delegate authority as follows:
(a) by authorising subordinates
to place orders within limits
formally prescribed by the
spending officer and within the
limits of his own powers;
(b) by authorising an alternate
spending officer, appointed under
regulation 224, to issue orders
for disbursement in his temporary
absence from his office.
(2) No other delegation of the
spending officer's authority is
permitted.
Regulation 228—Unauthorised
Spending
The placing of orders for goods
and services by an officer other
than a spending officer, without
authority prescribed in regulation
227 (1) (a), shall be deemed to be
a breach of discipline as defined
in regulation 24.
Regulation 229—Authority of the
Treasury Officer
(1) Disbursements from the
Consolidated Fund shall be
arranged through a Treasury Office
provided under regulation 6 for
the conduct of a spending
officer's business.
(2) The Treasury Officer, as local
representative of the Controller
and Accountant-General, is
required to exercise control over
disbursements to see that:
(a) the officer ordering
disbursement is entitled to do so;
(b) orders are made within the
powers of, and the funds available
to, the spending officer.
(c) the transactions are properly
authenticated to show that amounts
are due and payable.
(3) Any order for disbursement
that does not meet these
requirements shall be rejected by
the Treasury Officer.
Regulation 230—Responsibility of
the Spending Officer
The exercise of disbursement
checks by the Treasury Office does
not diminish the responsibility of
the spending officer, acting on
behalf of the head of department,
to ensure that payments conform to
the requirements of regulation
219.
Regulation 231—Payment Vouchers
Orders to the Treasury Officer for
disbursement shall be made on a
prescribed form known as a payment
voucher and special forms designed
for different classes of payments
are prescribed in the Guide to
Treasury Forms issued in
accordance with Regulation 134.
Regulation 232—Signature of
Spending Officer
Payment vouchers are authorised by
the spending officer or his
alternate; and his signature makes
him fully responsible for the
propriety of the payment, in that
goods and services paid for have
been duly received and properly
applied to the service of
government.
Regulation 233—Supporting
Certificates
(1) An authorising officer is not
required personally to check every
detail of the transaction when
authorising a payment voucher but
may rely upon appropriate
certificates given by subordinates
to whom parts of the work have
been delegated.
(2) Certificates shall be given on
the voucher in such form as is
required by the Financial
Administration Decree, 1979,
section 17, by inclusion in the
prescribed form under regulation
231, or by any regulation.
Regulation 234—Delegation
The acceptance of certificates
from subordinates is subject to
the general conditions for
delegation laid down in regulation
18.
Regulation 235—Accounting Details
Full accounting detail shall be
given on a payment voucher as
follows:
(a) the authority governing
payment;
(b) accounts classification and
number;
(c) full particulars of the
transaction such as dates,
numbers, quantities, distances and
rates and references to supporting
documents such as special
authorities, purchase orders,
invoices, related to the
transaction, so that it can be
checked without reference to any
other document;
(d) amount to be paid written in
both words and figures;
(e) the name of the payee;
(f) specific detail as may be
required for different types of
payment as laid down elsewhere in
these regulations.
Regulation 236—Copy Vouchers
(1) Payment vouchers shall be
typewritten and four copies shall
normally be prepared, each being
marked as "original", "duplicate"
or as the case may be.
(2) Departmental Accounting
Instructions may require extra
copies of vouchers for particular
accounting purposes.
Regulation 237—Use of Different
Copies
(1) The original voucher is the
order for disbursement and shall
be signed with a full signature
and all supporting documents shall
be attached to it.
(2) The remaining copies are
required for subsidiary accounting
purposes and may be initialled
only. Facsimile signature stamps
may not be used.
Regulation 238—Loss of Vouchers
(1 ) Disbursements shall be
approved by the Treasury Officer
only on the original payment
voucher.
(2) If the original voucher be
lost before disbursement is
effected, the circumstances of the
loss shall be reported immediately
to the Controller and
Accountant-General, with a copy to
the Auditor-General.
(3) The Controller and
Accountant-General shall issue
directions as to whether, and on
what conditions, payment shall be
effected.
Regulation 239—Loss of Supporting
Documents
(1) If any document, normally
required to support an original
payment voucher, is lost or
otherwise not available, the
spending officer shall attach a
certified true copy with a note
explaining the non-availability of
the proper document.
(2) The Treasury Officer may at
his discretion:
(a) accept the substitute copy; or
(b) investigate the transaction in
such manner as to satisfy himself
that it is in order; or
(c) request the local
representative of the
Auditor-General to investigate..
Regulation 240—Subsequent Recovery
of Lost Documents
If lost documents are recovered
after substitutes have been used
as indicated in the preceding
regulations they shall immediately
be can celled and returned to the
spending officer; and failure to
cancel such documents shall be
deemed to be a breach of
discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 241—Payment Journal
All payment vouchers authorised by
a spending officer, or his
alternate, shall be recorded in a
payment journal in the sequence in
which they are authorised.
Regulation 242—Information to be
Recorded
The following information shall be
recorded in the payment journal.
(a) a serial number of the
payment, to be entered on the
voucher as departmental reference
number;
(b) date of authorisation and
initial of authorising officer;
(c) brief detail of transaction,
quoting payee and any LPO/invoice
number;
(d) accounts classification;
(e) posting references to
expenditure and other payment
accounts;
(f) gross amount payable;
(g) treasury voucher number, after
the voucher has been passed for
payment.
Regulation 243—Vouchers to be
Endorsed
All vouchers shall be rubber
stamped as "Entered in Payment
Journal" and initialled by the
officer making the entry.
Regulation 244—Presenting Voucher
for Authorisation
All vouchers shall be presented
for authorisation by the Spending
Officer in the payment journal and
the appropriate entries initialled
by him.
Regulation 245—Other Payment
Accounts
The payment journal entries shall
be the basis for posting other
payment accounts as may be
required by these regulations.
Regulation 246—Method of Payment
At the time of authorising the
voucher, the spending officer
shall indicate the method of
payment requested and sign the
appropriate request forms
addressed to the Treasury Officer
as indicated in the appropriate
sections of this Part; and if the
payment falls within the terms of
a departmental imprest, he may
authorise an imprest payment in
accordance with Part IX of these
regulations.
Regulation 247—Transmitting
Voucher
(1) Payment vouchers for
transmission to the Treasury
Officer shall be entered in a
special messenger's receipt book,
quoting the departmental reference
number, payee and amount.
(2) The receiving officer at the
Treasury Office shall sign for
vouchers transmitted, entering the
date and time of receipt.
Regulation 248—Processing within
the Treasury
(1) Unless the voucher is one
falling within the terms of
regulation 251 (2) it should have
been completely processed within
two working days of receipt into
the Treasury Office.
(2) At the end of this time, the
voucher should either have been
passed for payment or rejected as
defective, under cover of an
explanatory note.
Regulation 249—Report of Delays
(1) If the voucher is not ready at
the end of two working days, the
matter shall be brought to the
personal attention of the Treasury
Officer.
(2) If such delays are frequently
experienced, the spending officer
should report details to his head
of department for complaint to the
Controller and Accountant-General.
Regulation 250—Urgent Payments
(1) If payment is urgently
required, the voucher shall be
accompanied by an explanatory
letter addressed to the Treasury
Officer, who may arrange for
special processing if the reasons
for urgency appear valid.
(2) He may reject the application
without assigning reasons.
(3) In no circumstances shall
defective vouchers be passed for
payment on grounds of urgency.
Regulation 251—Cash Forecast
(1) Spending officers shall, at
the beginning of each month,
inform the Treasury Officer of the
likely total payments required.
(2) Specific notice in writing
shall be given of large payments
outside normal monthly
requirements.
Regulation 252—Examination of
Vouchers
On receipt of payment vouchers in
the Treasury Office, they shall be
examined in accordance with
regulation 229.
Regulation 253—Defective Vouchers
(1) If a payment voucher is found
to be defective, a manuscript note
of the reasons shall be attached
to the voucher, which shall then
be set aside for collection by the
department and the date and time
of collection shall be noted by
the Treasury Office.
(2) Departments shall maintain a
system of regular collection from
Treasury Offices.
Regulation 254—Treasury
Requirements for Authentication of
Vouchers
(1) The Controller and
Accountant-General shall issue a
circular annually specifying
requirements for authentication of
vouchers in respect of each type
of payment.
(2) Departments shall adhere to
these requirements to avoid delay
in effecting payments.
Regulation 255—Persistent Defects
in Vouchers
A
Treasury Officer is required to
report to the Controller and
Accountant-General cases where the
incidence of defective vouchers is
excessive, whether arising from a
particular department or specific
types of payment.
Regulation 256—Disputes as to
Authority for Authentication
A
corrected voucher shall be
resubmitted to the Treasury Office
and in the event of dispute
between the Treasury and spending
officer, the matter shall be
referred to a higher level within
his own department by either
party.
Regulation 257—Passing for Payment
(1) If a payment voucher is found
to be in order, it shall be
countersigned by the Treasury
Officer as “Passed for Payment”.
(2) The voucher shall then be
referred to the Treasury cashier
for preparation of the cheque and
entry to the cash-book.
(3) A Treasury payment voucher
number shall be inserted on all
copies; and these and all
supporting documents shall be
stamped "Paid (Date)".
Regulation 258—Method of Payment
(1) Thereafter procedure may vary
according to the method of payment
requested by the spending officer
under regulation 246 as may be
approved by the Treasury Officer.
(2) The Treasury Officer may agree
to the method requested or require
an alternative method of payment
as he shall deem necessary.
Regulation 259—No Formal Request
Necessary
No specific request is necessary
in the case of direct payments for
which the Treasury Officer is also
the paying officer.
Regulation 260—Notification of
Payee
The original and duplicate of the
passed payments voucher shall be
retained by the Treasury Officer,
and the remaining copies returned
to the spending officer, who is
then responsible for notifying the
payee to collect the amount due
from the Treasury Office.
Regulation 261—Cheque Order Forms
(1) If payments is to be effected
by the spending officer or an
officer deputed by him, a cheque
order form (Treasury Form 4),
signed by the spending officer or
his alternate, shall be sent to
the Treasury Office with the
voucher.
(2) The cheque order form shall
indicate:
(a) departmental voucher
reference, payee and amount;
(b) the name and specimen
signature of the officer to
receive the cheque from the
Treasury Officer;
(c) whether the cheque is
required:
(i)
crossed for delivery to the payee,
or
(ii) uncrossed for encashment at
the bank and the making of cash
payments
(3) The Treasury Officer shall not
issue uncrossed cheques for
delivery to payees.
Regulation 262—Delivery of Cheque
(1) The Treasury Officer shall
retain the original voucher, and
give the duplicate and other
copies, together with the cheque,
to the officer nominated on the
form.
(2) The cheque order shall be
receipted, with the date and time
of delivery, by the receiving
officer, and the receipted form
will be retained by the Treasury
Officer as an interim receipt.
Regulation 263—Responsibility of
the Paying Officer
(1) The receipt of a cheque in
this manner constitutes acceptance
of disbursement responsibility
under delegation from the
Controller and Accountant-General
in accordance with regulation 218
(b).
(2) This responsibility entails;
(a) custody of moneys in
accordance with Part VII of these
regulations;
(b) the proper disbursement of the
moneys in accordance with
regulations 277 to 284.
Regulation 264—Disposal of Crossed
Cheques
The paying officer shall arrange
delivery of the crossed cheque to
the payee named on the voucher,
and obtain a receipt for it on, or
attached to, the duplicate
voucher, which shall then be
returned to the Treasury Office.
Regulation 265—Disposal of
Uncrossed Cheques
(1) The paying officer shall
obtain the endorsement of the
spending officer on an uncrossed
cheque, and present it, for
encashment at the bank in which
the Treasury Office account is
held, and where specimen
signatures of officers empowered
to endorse official cheques would
have been sent by the Treasury
Officer.
(2) The necessary payments in cash
shall then be made and receipts
obtained on the duplicate voucher
which shall then be returned to
the Treasury Office.
Regulation 266—Return of Receipted
Duplicate Vouchers
(1) Receipted duplicate vouchers
shall be returned to the Treasury
Officer within 48 hours of the
time of their original delivery.
(2) 639582*1 here they have not
been so returned and no report has
been made under regulation 268,
the Treasury Officer is required
to:
(a) suspended all transactions on
behalf of the spending officer
concerned;
(b) inform the local
representative of the
Auditor-General of the possible
defalcation;
(c) notify the spending officer of
the action taken.
(3) The transactions thus
suspended shall not be resumed
until such time as the receipted
vouchers have been duly returned,
or the local representative of the
Auditor-General has confirmed that
no defalcation has occurred.
Regulation 267—Incomplete Payments
(1) If payment has not been
completed within 48 hours, the
duplicate voucher shall be
returned to the Treasury Officer,
together with the cheque, if
unused or the undistributed cash.
(2) The Treasury Officer shall
issue a receipt and cancel the
cheque and in these circumstances,
fresh vouchers shall be prepared,
redrawing the amount for payment
when the need arises.
Regulation 268—Incapacity of the
Paying Officer
(1) If a paying officer dies, or
is otherwise incapacitated before
return of the receipted voucher,
the spending officer shall take
immediate steps to secure the
vouchers, cheques or moneys in his
possession and shall report the
circumstances to the Treasury
Officer.
(2) The Treasury and spending
officers shall determine the
action to be taken according to
the circumstances of the case, and
regulation 266 shall not apply.
Regulation 269—Non-Working Days
(1) A Treasury Officer shall not
release cheques other than for
wage payments under a cheque order
form if the following 48 hours
shall include any part of a
non-working day.
(2) Where cheques are released for
wage payments the duplicate pay
vouchers shall be returned to the
Treasury Office before the
non-working day.
Regulation 270—Variation of the 48
Hour Rule
Where the nature of departmental
business is such that the 48 hour
rule cannot reasonably be applied,
a head of department may apply to
the Controller and
Accountant-General for approval of
an alternative procedure to be
detailed in Departmental
Accounting Instructions.
Regulation 271—Surrender of
Receipted Duplicates
(1) On return of the receipted
duplicate voucher to the Treasury
Officer, he shall ensure that it
has been correctly receipted and
the necessary payment certificate
appended.
(2) If the voucher is
satisfactory, the relevant cheque
order form shall be so endorsed in
the presence of the paying
officer.
(3) The duplicate voucher and
endorsed cheque order form shall
be retained by the Treasury
Officer, and the responsibility of
the paying officer under
regulation 263 shall have been
discharged.
Regulation 272—Payment to Bank
Where a direct payment to the.
payee's bank account is required,
the voucher shall be accompanied
by the requisite instruction on
Treasury Form 175 in duplicate;
this shall quote the payee's
account number and bank.
Regulation 273—Preferred Method of
Payments
Spending officers shall encourage
government creditors to accept
payment by this method.
Regulation 274—Notification to
Payee
The original and duplicate
vouchers shall be retained by the
Treasury Officers, and the
remaining copies returned to the
spending officer, who shall then
notify the payee of the payment
made through the bank
Regulation 275—Payments Inside
Ghana
(1) If payment is to be made to a
person residing in another town in
Ghana, the Treasury Officer shall
prepare a cheque crossed “account
payee only" and forward it to the
payee together with a Treasury
Form which shall be completed and
returned to the Treasury Officer
for attachment to the duplicate
voucher.
(2) The Treasury Officer shall
retain the original and duplicate
vouchers, returning the remaining
copies to the spending officer.
Regulation 276—Payment Outside
Ghana
(1) Payments outside Ghana shall
be made only under the specific
authority of the Con-troller and
Accountant-General.
(2) Vouchers for payment abroad
shall be forwarded to the Treasury
Officer under covering letter, and
he shall note his records and
forward the documents to the
Controller and Accountant-General
who shall notify the spending
officer when payments has been
effected.
Regulation 277—Receipts to be
Obtained
(1) A receipt in manuscript shall
be obtained for all payments made
on either the original or
duplicate copies of the payment
voucher.
(2) Payments to institutions using
a standardised receipting system
shall also be supported by such
standard receipt form.
Regulation 278—Payees
Payments shall be made only to the
person or persons named on the
payment voucher or to their duly
authorised representatives.
Regulation 279—Payment to Third
Parties
(1) Where the payee requires
payment to a representative, he
shall give a written authorisation
bearing a specimen of the
representative's signature, direct
to the paying officer.
(2) Specimen signatures are not
required if a bank is the
representative nominated.
(3) The original authority
relating to specific payments
shall be attached to the voucher;
and when covering continuing
payments it shall be filed by the
paying officer and quoted on the
voucher.
(4) When the original authority
may not be released such as in the
case of powers of attorney and
letters of administration, the
original shall be submitted to the
paying officer for inspection,
together with a copy for retention
by him.
Regulation 280—Restriction on
Public Officers
A
public officer shall not receive a
payment on behalf of a member of
the public; and failure to comply
with this regulation shall be
deemed to be a breach of
discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 281—Identification of
Payees
(1) The paying officer must ensure
that the person claiming payment
is entitled to receive it.
(2) Where he makes payment to a
person unknown to him the payee
must be identified by a person
known to both parties and the
person identifying shall certify
on the voucher that he has done
so.
(3) This independent
identification is not required
when payment is effected by means
of a crossed cheque and the paying
officer is satisfied as to the
identity of the payee.
Regulation 282—Payment to
Illiterates
(1) All payments to illiterate
persons shall be made in the
presence of a witness, who must
satisfy himself as to the adequacy
of identification procedures, and
shall certify the payment voucher
as witness.
(2) The witness shall normally be
a person employed elsewhere than
in the office responsible for
preparing and making payments and
shall indicate his appointment
under his signature.
Regulation 283—Third Party Payment
to or on Behalf of Illiterates
(1) The payment of sums due to
illiterate persons shall not be
made to a third party unless the
paying officer is satisfied that
such authorisation has been
properly understood and given.
(2) Documents purporting to be
drawn up on behalf of illiterate
shall be subjected to stringent
examination.
Regulation 284—Certificate of
Payment
Where it is impracticable to
obtain receipts for petty
disbursements, a certificate of
payment shall be given on the face
of the voucher by the paying
officer; and if feasible, the
signature of a witness to the
payments shall be obtained.
Regulation 285—Accounts to be Kept
A
head of department designated in
the approved estimates as vote
controller shall keep accounts to
show:
(a) funds placed at his disposal
by warrants issued by or under the
authority of the Government, as
may be varied under regulation 79;
(b) commitments against those
funds by duly authorised Financial
Encumbrance;
(c) payments authorised against
the Financial Encumbrances issued.
Regulation 286—Delegation to the
Chief Financial Officer
A
head of department may delegate
his duties as vote controller in
accordance with regulation 16 to a
subordinate, to be known as the
chief financial officer of the
department, provided that he:
(a) remains directly responsible
to the head of department for
discharge of financial business,
and
(b) is senior in rank to any other
spending officer in the
department.
Regulation 287—Effective Authority
for Expenditure
No commitment to spend, except as
provided for under regulation 48,
or payment shall be made without
sufficient funds having been made
available by a duly authorised
Financial Encumbrance.
Regulation 288—Preparation of
Financial Encumbrance
(1) The vote controller shall
prepare a Financial Encumbrance as
in Treasury Forms 218A and B in
quadruplicate for submission to
the Treasury Officer assigned to
the service of his departmental
headquarters.
(2) The form shall be addressed to
the spending officer concerned,
designated by appointment and not
by name.
Regulation 289—Application of
Financial Encumbrance
(1) A separate Financial
Encumbrance shall be prepared for
each item of recurrent
expenditure, on which sub-item
allocations will be listed.
(2) In the case of capital
expenditure a separate Financial
Encumbrance shall be prepared for
each sub-item.
Regulation 290—Authority Conveyed
by Financial Encumbrance
(1) The Financial Encumbrance
establishes a limit to the amount
of funds that may be expended by
the spending officer and the
account classification specified
determines the application of
funds as defined in departmental
estimates.
(2) The issue of a Financial
Encumbrance is also subject to any
specific directions issued by the
vote controller.
Regulation 291—Issue of Financial
Encumbrances
The vote controller may, within
the funds at his disposal, issue
Financial Encumbrances as he
considers appropriate to the most
efficient discharge of
departmental financial business,
namely:
(a) to cover specific contracts or
indents;
(b) to provide funds for
expenditure over a specified
period not exceeding three months;
(c) to provide funds for specific
project within the ambit of the
item or sub-item.
Regulation 292—Certification of
Financial Encumbrances
(1) The quadruplicate Financial
Encumbrances shall be submitted to
the Treasury Officer, who is
required to ensure that the
necessary funds are available.
(2) Having done so and recorded
the issue of funds in his own
accounts, he shall assign a serial
number to the Financial
Encumbrance and countersign all
copies.
Regulation 293—Distribution of
Certified Financial Encumbrances
The Treasury Officer shall
distribute certified Financial
Encumbrances as follows:
(a) Original—to the Treasury
Officer responsible for the
business of the spending Officer
concerned;
(b) duplicate—to the vote
controller originating the
authority;
(c) triplicate—to the spending
officer concerned;
(d) quadruplicate—retained for
his own records.
Regulation 294—Financial
Encumbrance Adjustment
(1) Subsequent issues of funds to
the same spending officer, or
withdrawal of funds from him,
shall be authorised by Financial
Encumbrance Adjustment (Treasury
Form 219).
(2) The issue shall follow exactly
the same procedure as for initial
issue of the Financial
Encumbrance, and the same serial
number shall be used.
Regulation 295—Monthly Statements
Spending officers shall submit
monthly statements of expenditure
against the Financial Encumbrance
to the vote controller; and the
form of monthly statement shall be
prescribed by Departmental
Accounting Instructions but shall
include:
(a) a statement of payments
authorised for the month to be
included in the vote controller's
accounts;
(b) a list of payments for
reconciliation;
(c) copies of payment vouchers
issued.
Regulation 296—Schedules of
Receipts and Payments
On completion of Consolidated Fund
accounts for each month, the
Controller and Accountant-General
shall issue schedules listing all
receipts and payments affecting
the expenditure heads under his
control, to each vote controller;
and the vote controller must
reconcile his own accounts against
these statements and forward a
certificate to the Controller and
Accountant-General that this has
been one.
Regulation 297—Accounts to be Kept
A
spending officer shall keep ledger
accounts to show for each sub-item
of expenditure under his control
as follows:
(a) the funds placed at his
disposal by Financial Encumbrance,
as varied by subsequent Financial
Encumbrance Adjustments;
(b) commitments against these
funds by orders or contracts
placed;
(c) payments authorised;
(d) free balances available at any
point of time.
Regulation 298—Responsibility of
the Spending Officer
(1) The spending officer is
responsible for ensuring that no
expenditure is incurred except on
his prior authority and after due
record in his accounts.
(2) He is personally responsible
for seeing that his total payments
plus any outstanding commitments
do not at any time exceed the
funds authorised by Financial
Encumbrances issued to him.
Regulation 299—Commitment Entries
(1) All orders or contracts for
works and the supply of goods and
services shall be recorded as
commitments against authorised
funds unless they are:
(a) a regular monthly commitment
to expenditure such as salaries
and wages of permanent staff;
(b) for purchases of less than
¢10.
(2) All delegated authorities
under regulation 227 (1) (b) shall
be recorded as commitments.
Regulation 300—Treasury Record of
Large Orders
(1) Orders or contracts in excess
of ¢100 must be countersigned and
noted in Treasury Office records
before being placed with a
supplier.
(2) Orders below this limit may be
placed without prior reference to
the Treasury Office, provided that
the total orders for the
particular goods or services
concerned do not exceed ¢150 in
any period of 30 days.
(3) These limits may be varied in
approved Departmental Accounting
Instructions.
Regulation 301—Estimated
Commitments
If the exact price of the goods or
services cannot be ascertained
before the order is placed, an
estimated figure shall be entered
as a commitment; and spending
officers shall not place orders in
circumstances where prices cannot
be estimated within 5 percent of
the actual cost.
Regulation 302—Commitment Forms
(1) All commitments in excess of
the minimum stated in regulation
299 (1) (b), which may be varied
in approved Departmental
Accounting Instructions, shall be
made on a prescribed form such as
local purchase order, requisition,
work order, which shall be signed
by the spending officer, his
alternate, or an officer
exercising powers delegated under
regulation 277 (1) (a).
(2) All commitment forms shall
quote the appropriate Financial
Encumbrance serial number.
Regulation 303—Payment of Bills
(1) All bills and invoices from
suppliers shall be sent to the
spending officer who shall be
responsible for the prompt
handling of claims and their due
payment under regulation 219 (c).
(2) If supplier's accounts are not
received within a reasonable space
of time, it is the duty of the
spending officer to investigate
the reason for non-submission and
to secure the necessary claim.
Regulation 304—Excess Commitments
(1) A spending officer placing
orders for goods and services for
amounts in excess of the funds at
his disposal shall do so at his
own risk and shall be personally
liable to meet the supplier's bill
when it falls due.
(2) Consideration may be given to
ex post facto issue of funds to
cover the excess only if an
immediate report is made in
accordance with regulation 22.
Regulation 305—Control of Spending
(1) A spending officer shall plan
his activities to accord with the
funds provided for the period or
project as the case may be.
(2) If the circumstances of his
work indicate that funds are
likely to prove insufficient,
without serious curtailment of
services to the public, he shall
report the matter to the vote
controller for his directions, and
such reports shall be made in good
time and not left until funds have
been exhausted.
Regulation 306—Recovery of
Over-payment
(1) If any expenditure is made in
excess of the amounts actually
due, the overpayments must be
recovered and paid into the
Consolidated Fund as a receipt.
(2) If recovered in the same year
as the payment was originally
made, the recovery shall be
credited to the expenditure
sub-item concerned; if
subsequently recovered, it shall
be credited to "Miscellaneous
Revenue—Overpayments in Previous
Years Recovered".
Regulation 307—Treasury Return of
Expenditure
(1) At end of each month, the
Treasury Office responsible for
disbursement on behalf of a
spending officer, shall forward to
him a statement of the total
expenditure for the month.
(2) Spending officers shall
compare this statement with their
own records and cause
investigation to be made at the
Treasury Office of any unexplained
discrepancy.
(3) The officer assigned to
conduct such investigation shall
be a person other than officers
preparing vouchers or making
payments.
Regulation 308—Signature of the
Monthly Statement
(1) The spending officer is
responsible for the prompt and
accurate submission of the monthly
statement of expenditure required
by regulation 295 and shall sign
it.
(2) The statement shall be
forwarded in accordance with a
time-table to be laid down in
Departmental Accounting
Instructions, and shall not be
deferred until the reconciliation
with Treasury Officer accounts
under regulation 307 has been
completed.
(3) The monthly report shall
indicate the latest date to which
reconciliation has been effected.
Regulation 309—Value for Money
(1) The responsibilities of a
spending officer do not begin with
the placing of an order, nor do
they end with the order for
disbursement, but as the officer
in immediate charge of government
spending, he shall ensure that:
(a) orders are only placed for
goods and services essential to
the conduct of public business;
(b) the goods and services so
obtained are utilised economically
and to the maximum effect.
(2) His accountability as a
spending officer shall only be
satisfied by the successful
conduct of the work assigned to
him.
Regulation 310— Additional
Accounts to be Kept
In addition to the accounts
designed for control over
disbursements, a spending officer
shall keep such accounts as may be
required to show:
(a) payments due and payable;
(b) the disposal and utilisation
of goods and services acquired by
expenditure from the Consolidated
Fund.
Regulation 311—Instructions
relating to Ancillary Accounts
The ancillary accounts to be kept
by any spending officer shall be
specified in Departmental
Accounting Instructions, which
shall conform to general
principles governing particular
types of expenditure laid down
elsewhere in these regulations.
Regulation 312—Headquarters
Accounts
A
head of department shall
determine, in consultation with
the Controller and
Accountant-General, the extent to
which ancillary accounts shall be
kept by departmental headquarters
rather than by spending officers.
Regulation 313—Trust and Other
Payments
Accounts of the disbursement of
trust moneys and payments other
than expenditure shall be kept by
spending officers as required by
Departmental Accounting
Instructions, which shall be
governed by the appropriate part
in these regulations.
PART VI—JOURNAL TRANSACTIONS
Regulation 314—Non-cash
Transactions
Accounting transactions which do
not involve the receipt or
disbursement of cash shall be
effected by journal entry, with
each entry supported by a journal
voucher in a form to be prescribed
as indicated in regulation 134 or
135.
Regulation 315—Journal Vouchers
(1) A journal voucher shall
provide the following information:
(a) the signature and official
designation of the officer
authorising the transaction;
(b) full detail of the accounts to
be credited and debited and the
amount;
(c) description of the transaction
giving rise to the adjustment,
including reference to connected
transactions and related
documents;
(d) where the transaction involves
a charge to an expenditure
account, the Financial Encumbrance
number;
(e) registration number and date
of authorisation.
(2) Any supporting documents shall
be attached to the original
journal voucher.
Regulation 316—Treasury Journal
The journal relating to
Consolidated Fund transactions in
the public accounts shall be known
as the Treasury Journal, and all
journal entries shall be
authorised by the officer in
charge of the Treasury Journal,
who shall be stationed at the
headquarters of the Controller and
Accountant-General's Department.
Regulation 317—Departmental
Journals
Journals used for other government
account shall be known as
departmental journals, and entries
shall be authorised by officers
specified in Departmental
Accounting Instructions, which
instructions may provide for
variation of procedures relating
to internal transactions and in
particular for:
(a) the keeping of a commitments
journal by spending officers whose
transactions necessitate this
record;
(b) the use of a journal with
signed entries unsupported by
journal vouchers.
Regulation 318—Class of Journal
Entries
Journal transactions within
government accounts fall into one
of three broad classes, namely:
(a) transactions affecting the
public accounts only;
(b) transactions affecting both
public and other government
accounts;
(c) transactions affecting other
government accounts only.
Regulation 319—Initiation of
Treasury Journal Entries
(1) Transactions affecting the
public accounts, namely classes
specified in paragraphs (a) and
(b) in regulation 318 may be
initiated by a head of department,
or an officer acting on his
behalf, who shall prepare and
sign a draft Treasury Journal
voucher without inserting a
reference number; and who shall
forward it in triplicate to the
officer in charge of the Treasury
Journal for authorisation.
(2) When authorised and a
reference number inserted on all
copies, they shall be distributed
as follows:
(a) the original shall be
retained in support of the
Treasury Journal.
(b) The duplicate shall be
returned to the originating
department for information and
record.
(c) The triplicate shall be sent
to the other department,
accounting branch or unit involved
in the transaction.
Regulation 320—Transactions in
Public Accounts not in
Departmental Accounts
(1) if, when reconciling
transactions reflected in public
and other government accounts as
required by section 39 (5) of the
Financial Administration Decree,
1979, a head of department
discovers transactions recorded in
the public accounts unrecorded in
his own departmental accounts, it
is his duty to investigate the
matter in consultation with
Treasury Officer responsible for
the accounts concerned.
(2) Vouchers pertaining to
departmental accounts shall be
held by the Treasury Officer
responsible for processing the
accounts of departmental
headquarters.
Regulation 321—Action on Detection
of Misallocation
If the transaction giving rise to
this investigation proves to
result from a misallocation,
action shall be taken as follows:
(a) if the public accounts are
correct, and departmental accounts
incorrect, the head of department
shall authorise an internal
adjustment to correct his own
records.
(b) if the departmental accounts
are correct, and the public
accounts incorrect, the head of
department shall prepare and
submit a draft Treasury Journal
voucher in triplicate as required
by regulation 319.
Regulation 322—Irregular Payments
(1) If the transaction under
investigation in the public
accounts appears to arise from
irregular payment, namely, a
payment apparently emanating from
the department but unrecorded in
its accounts, the Treasury Officer
shall be so informed immediately
and he shall take the documents
concerned into special custody.
(2) Copies shall be given to the
head of department who shall be
responsible for initiating
investigation in accordance with
Part XIII of these regulations.
Regulation 323—Transaction in
Other Government Accounts not in
Public Accounts
If reconciliation reveals that
transactions recorded in
departmental accounts are not
reflected in the public accounts,
otherwise than in the case where
they might normally be expected to
have been recorded in the public
accounts of the succeeding month,
the head of department shall so
inform the officer in charge of
the Treasury Journal, giving
details of the transaction
including Treasury references.
Regulation 324—Audit Objections
If the Auditor-General raises a
query on the correctness of any
allocation made in both the public
and other government accounts, and
the original allocation is found
incorrect, it shall be adjusted by
the head of department both in his
own accounts, and by submission of
a draft Treasury Journal voucher
in accordance with regulation 319.
Regulation 325—Misallocations
Affecting Closed Accounts
(1) Misallocations affecting
revenue and expenditure accounts
only cannot be adjusted once the
accounts have been closed in
accordance with section 39 (6) of
the Financial Administration
Decree, 1979.
(2) If the correctness of a
Consolidated Fund asset or
liability is affected, the head of
department will inform the officer
in charge of the Treasury Journal
of the details and request him to
make the necessary journal entry.
Regulation 326—Note Against
Entries Adjusted
Great care must be exercised in
adjusting misallocations to avoid
incorrect or double adjustments,
and where, in any account, an
incorrectly allocated transaction
has been detected, a note of the
journal entry reference shall be
made against the original entry.
Regulation 327—Date of Entry
Adjustments shall be recorded in
the accounts of the month in which
the original transaction took
place, for as long as that month's
accounts have not been finally
closed; and if they have been
closed, the adjustment shall be
made in the first succeeding
month's account that is open.
Regulation 328—Non-Cash Settlement
When one government department
receives goods or services from
another on repayment, settlement
shall be by journal entry and not
by cash payment.
Regulation 329—Initiating Journal
Entries
The head of the supplying
department shall be responsible
for initiating the journal entry,
which shall be supported by
acceptances of the charges by the
debtor department, and shall quote
the Finances Encumbrance and
account number to be charged; the
draft Treasury Journal Voucher
will be submitted in accordance
with regulation 319.
Regulation 330—Method of Securing
Acceptances
The terms on which goods and
services may be supplied to other
government departments and the
procedures for securing
acceptances from debtor
departments, shall be specified in
the Department Accounting
Instructions of the supplying
department and notified to the
departments using such services.
Regulation 331—Orders and
Acceptances
Orders shall be placed and
acceptances issued subject to the
rules governing payments in Part V
of these regulations; and more
specifically:
(a) orders shall be treated as
commitments subject to regulations
226, 299 to 304; and
(b) acceptances will be treated as
payments and recorded in the
payments journal (regulation 241)
and passed for payment by the
Treasury Officer (regulation 252).
Regulation 332—Failure to Accept
It is the duty of the head of a
debtor department to accept
charges promptly and supplying
departments are required to
withhold further supplies if
acceptances are not received in
due time. They should inform the
Controller and Accountant-General
of any department delinquent in
this respect.
Regulation 333—Retirement of
Imprests
(1) In accordance with Part IX of
these regulations, all imprests
shall be retired at the close of a
financial year.
(2) Any imprests not so retired,
shall be adjusted to a personal
advance account in the name of the
imprest holder.
(3) The Treasury Journal entry
shall be initiated by the Treasury
Officer responsible for the issue
and control of the imprest.
Regulation 334—Journal Clearance
If vouchers are presented after
the cash accounts have been
closed, but before the public
accounts have been closed, the
Treasury Officer concerned may
authorise adjustment of the
advance account.
Regulation 335—Procedure
(1) The imprest holder shall
prepare an unnumbered draft
Treasury Journal voucher, giving
details of the vouchers to be
cleared, the appropriate
classification and the reason for
failure to clear them before the
end of the financial year.
(2) The receipted vouchers shall
be endorsed "To be cleared by
Journal Entry" and attached to the
original journal voucher.
(3) These documents shall be
presented to the Treasury Officer
for passing after the ordinary
pre-audit examination, and for
transmission to the officer in
charge of the Treasury Journal.
Regulation 336—No Adjustment After
Closure of the Accounts
No adjustment shall be allowed
after the public accounts have
been closed. In these
circumstances the full amount of
the advance must be recovered from
the imprest holder in cash.
Regulation 337—Authorisation of
Transfer
Where the rules relating to the
operation of any deposit account
provided for the payment to
Government of all or part of the
deposit, the transaction shall be
effected by a Treasury Journal
entry initiated by the deposit
holder in accordance with
regulation 319.
Regulation 338—Detail on Voucher
The journal voucher shall quote:
(a) the General Counterfoil
Receipt number originally issued
to the depositor;
(b) the Treasury Counterfoil
Receipt number on which the
deposit was paid into the
Consolidated Fund;
(c) payment voucher number on
which any refund was made to the
depositor.
Regulation 339—Time Expired
Deposits
Any transfer of time-expired
deposits to revenue, in accordance
with Part X of these regulations,
shall quote the Controller and
Accountant-General's authority for
the transfer and shall be
supported by full accounting
detail of the deposits thus
transferred.
Regulation 340—Circumstances in
which Journal Entries Necessary
The necessity for journal entries
in respect of losses arises in
two circumstances:
(a) when the fact of loss has been
established in accordance with
procedures laid down in Part XIII
of these regulations in order to
correct the accounts affected by
the loss;
(b) when the loss investigation
has been completed, the amount
involved deemed irrecoverable and
deletion from the accounts has
been approved by the appropriate
authority.
Regulation 341—Responsibility for
Initiating Entries
(1) Heads of departments shall be
responsible for initiating entries
either in the Treasury or
departmental journals as the case
may be.
(2) Vouchers in respect of
established losses shall quote the
loss report reference and vouchers
relating to deletions shall be
supported by a copy of the
authority to write-off.
PART VII—CUSTODY OF PUBLIC AND
TRUST MONEYS
Regulation 342—Responsibility of
the Controller and
Accountant-General
The Controller and
Accountant-General, as Chief
Accounting Officer of Government,
is responsible for the custody of
public and trust moneys, and any
public officer performing such
duties shall be deemed to be
acting under the delegated
authority of the Controller and
Accountant-General.
Regulation 343—Custodial Duties
Custodial duties require both the
protection of public and trust
monies against unlawful diversion
from their proper purposes and
against accidental look, and the
location of such moneys so as to
facilitate the efficient and
economical discharge of public
financial business.
Regulation 344—Custodial Duties of
Head of Departments
Heads of departments are required
to undertake custodial duties:
(a) from the time when moneys are
paid to a collector to the time
when collections are lodged in the
Consolidated Fund in accordance
with regulation 148;
(b) from the time a cheque has
been issued by a Treasury Officer
under regulation 262 until the
time a fully receipted duplicate
payment voucher has been returned
to the Treasury Officer;
(c) from the time an imprest has
been issued to a departmental
officer until the time it has been
duly retired in accordance with
Part IX of these regulations.
Regulation 345—Control of Banking
Arrangements
The Controller and
Accountant-General is responsible
for opening and operating all
government bank accounts, and no
bank account may be opened for any
public purpose except under his
authority, and he may direct any
public officer to use a bank
account according to his
instructions.
Regulation 346—Questions Arising
Questions arising from
interpretation of the regulations
in this chapter, or from the
detailed procedures required to
implement them, shall be
determined by the Controller and
Accountant-General.
Regulation 347—Duty to Restrict
Cash Balances
It is the duty of heads of
departments to ensure that cash
holding are kept to the absolute
minimum consistent with the
efficient discharge of public
financial business, by:
(a) promptly lodging collections
in a government bank account;
(b) promptly disbursing cash to
the proper payees;
(c) using bank accounts for
holding imprest moneys and making
payment by cheques wherever
possible.
Regulation 348—Authorised Cash
Balances
(1) Departmental Accounting
Instructions shall specify
officers, designated by posts, who
may hold cash and their authorised
cash balances; these are the
maximum amounts that may be held
by them during periods when their
offices are closed for business
(2) For the purpose of these
regulations, an uncrossed cheque
shall be deemed to be cash.
Regulation 349—Determination of
Authorised Cash Balances
The authorised cash balance for
any office shall be determined
according to:
(a) the needs of public business;
(b) the availability of banking
facilities in relation to the
working hours of the office;
(c) the availability of safe
accommodation and seniority of
key- holders;
(d) the general security of the
building in which the safe is
located.
Regulation 350—Excess Cash
(1) Any officer finding, outside
banking hours, that his overnight
balances are likely to exceed the
authorised cash balance must
arrange to transfer the excess to
a reserve cash safe with a higher
authorised cash balance or to a
vault or strong room.
(2) Departmental Accounting
Instructions shall specify the
location of such accommodation and
arrangements to be made for
reception of cash.
Regulation 351—Failure to Secure
Excess Cash
Failure to lodge excess cash in
secure overnight custody shall be
deemed to be a breach of
discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 352—Private Use of
Balances Prohibited
(1) Official cash balances shall
not be used for any private
purpose whatsoever, including the
encashment of cheques.
(2) The application of official
cash balances for any purpose
other than those provided for in
these regulations shall be deemed
to be a breach of discipline as
defined in regulation 24.
Regulation 353—Avoidance of Cash
Transaction
Heads of departments shall
endeavour to arrange, as far as it
is consistent with the convenience
of the public and the control of
transactions, that collections or
payments are made by cheque, bank
transfer or direct payment to bank
accounts.
Regulation 354—Prompt Payment of
Wages
Wage payments shall be so arranged
that payment is completed on the
day the Treasury Office cheque is
encashed.
Regulation 355—Cash to be Left
Secured
(1) In no circumstances shall cash
be left unattended on desks or in
drawers, filing cabinets, or in
cash and specie boxes not securely
fixed to the main structure of the
building.
(2) Leaving any cash thus
unattended shall be deemed to be a
breach of discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
(3) Should any loss arise from
such a breach of discipline the
amount lost shall be recovered in
full from the officer responsible
in accordance with the Financial
Administration Decree, 1979
section 75 (5).
Regulation 356—Protection of
Cashiers
(1) A Cashiers shall be protected
by secured accommodation which
prevents access by the public or
other office staff.
(2) The cashier's office shall be
lockable during temporary absence
of the cashier’s from his desk or
counter.
Regulation 357—Equipment of
Cashiers
(1) A cashier shall be provided
with the paper equipment for
handling cash, including a till or
drawer for sorting notes and coin
according to denomination, coin
bags and bands for bundling notes.
(2) If the cash on hand at any
time is likely to exceed ¢250 he
shall be provided with a safe of
category C or D (see regulation
370) as may be appropriate.
Regulation 358—Security of Major
Cash Collections
Heads of departments responsible
for major collections or
disbursements of cash shall
consult the officer in charge of
Treasury Security in Accra or
Regional Treasury Officers
elsewhere, in devising security
arrangements.
Regulation 359—Cash Office
Security Instructions
(1) Detailed instructions relating
to the security of such major cash
offices shall not be recorded in
Departmental Accounting
Instructions.
(2) Cash Office Security
Instructions shall be prepared in
triplicate as a secret document
which shall be kept in a safe of
not lower than category B when not
in actual use.
(3) Copies shall be held by the
officer-in-charge of the cash
office, the head of department
concerned and the
officer-in-charge Treasury
Security.
(4) Handing-over notes prepared in
accordance with regulation 117
shall confirm the handing over of
this document and the reading of
its content by the officer taking
over.
Regulation 360—Access of the
Auditor-General
The Auditor-General or his
representative shall have access
to any copy of Cash Office
Security Instructions in the
presence of the officer
responsible for its custody, but
no note of its content shall be
taken or otherwise communicated to
any unauthorised person.
Regulation 361—Other Access to
Instructions
(1) Cash Office Security
Instructions may be shown to the
deputies of the officers specified
in regulation 359, but to no other
persons.
(2) The officer-in-charge shall
communicate instructions to his
staff only insofar as each officer
needs to know them of the proper
conduct of his duties.
Regulation 362—Cash Count
(1) A cashier, or any other
officer in charge of cash shall
verify balances against his cash
accounts at frequent intervals,
and at the close of business each
day.
(2) Any deficiency shall be
promptly reported and investigated
in accordance with Part XIII of
these regulations.
(3) Any surplus must be brought to
account as revenue and credited to
"Miscellaneous Revenue Unspecified
Receipts."
(4) Should it be subsequently
discovered that the surplus arose
from an accounting error, the
allocation of the amount may be
corrected by journal entry.
Regulation 363—Restricted Access
for Counting
Cash shall not be counted in an
office to which the public or
other members of the staff have
unrestricted access.
Regulation 364—Wage Payments
(1) Wage payments shall not be
counted at an unprotected pay
table in the presence of payees.
(2) The correct amount due to each
payee must either be counted into
bags or envelopes before pay out,
or the payments must be made from
a cashier's office protected as
specified in regulation 356.
Regulation 365—Avoiding Loss of
Working Time
Wage payments shall be made in
such manner as to minimise loss of
working time.
Regulation 366—Movement of Cash
(1) The movement of cash between
the cashier's office and the bank
or paypoint shall be securely
protected and heads of departments
are required to ensure that
adequate arrangements are made to
protect both staff and the cash.
(2) Such measures shall include—
(a) the provision of escorts;
(b) the provision of security
bags locked to the wrist of the
carrier;
(c) the provision of suitable
transport;
(d) variation of movement times
and routes.
Regulation 367—Postal Remittances
(1) Every office at which money or
other articles of value are
received regularly through the
post, shall be provided with a
padlocked post office mail bag in
which all letters from the Post
Office shall be collected.
(2) The key of the padlock shall
be kept by the officer specified
in regulation 173 and the bag must
be opened in his presence.
Regulation 368—Application of
Regulations
(1) Those regulations relating to
safes shall apply only to those
safes used wholly or in part from
the custody of cash or financial
documents.
(2) Safes intended solely for
other security purposes shall be
regulated by the appropriate
security regulations; they shall
not be used for purposes described
in this Part.
Regulation 369—Supply and
Installation of Safes.
Subject to examination of
proposals under regulation 28
provision for the supply, and
installation of safes shall be
made in departmental estimates.
Regulation 370—Categories of Safe.
(1) Four categories of safes for
financial purposes shall be
recognised in diminishing order of
security as follows:
Category A—Vault or Strong Room,
having two or more locks.
Category B—Reserve Cash Safe, of
large size with two locks and
capacity for holding documents and
other records.
Category C—Standard Safe, with one
lock and specially constructed for
over-night custody of valuables.
Category D—Limited Security Safe,
having one lock and intended to
provide secure custody during
working hours only, but being
unsuitable by reason of location
or construction for over-night
deposit of moneys.
(2) The classification of safes
shall be determined by the
Controller and Accountant-
General.
Regulation 371—Small Safes.
(1) Safes of categories C and D
shall be secured by being built
into the wall or otherwise firmly
attached to the main structure of
the building.
(2) A safe of category C shall, if
not so secured, be deemed to fall
into category D. No cash shall be
kept in category D safes outside
working hours.
Regulation 372—Key Holders.
(1) Safes shall be operated with
key or combination locks and the
holder of a key or combination
shall be fully responsible for the
contents of a safe; keys and
combination shall therefore be
handled under the most stringent
security conditions.
(2) Where two locks are provided,
each key or combination shall be
held by different officers jointly
responsible for the contents of
the safe.
Regulation 373—Procedure on
Installation.
When safes are installed, the
agency responsible for
installation shall formally hand
over the keys or combination as
follows:
(a) in the case of keys,
(i)
the operating keys shall be handed
to the officer nominated by the
head of department as key holder
and a receipt obtained;
(ii) duplicate keys will be handed
over in sealed envelope, and
passed by the keyholder to the
appropriate Treasury Officer for
safe custody. The keys for each
lock shall be in a separate
envelope.
(b) in the case of combination,
the combination holder will be
informed verbally of the
combination, against a formal
acknowledgement that he has
received and tested it; and a note
of the combination number shall be
placed in an envelope and sealed,
and then passed to the appropriate
Treasury Officer for safe custody.
Regulation 374—Deposit of Keys and
Combination.
(1) Envelopes containing spare
keys or a note of combination
numbers shall be marked with the
location of the safe, a note of
the contents of the envelope, and
the name and designation of the
depositing officer.
(2) Signatures shall be made over
the joints of envelopes, which
shall then be sealed with
cellotape.
(3) The sealed envelopes shall be
handed by the keyholder personally
to the Treasury Officer assigned
to the service of the safeholding
office.
(4) Keys will be kept in a safe of
category A or B, and a deposit
receipt given to the safe holder;
and this receipt shall be
carefully retained by the
depositing officer and formally
handed over to his successor in
accordance with regulation
177[sic]; the receipt should not
be kept in the safe.
Regulation 375—Combination Holder.
(1) A safe combination shall be
memorised by the responsible
officer, and shall not be recorded
in writing in any form
recognisable as a safe
combination.
(2) The combination will be passed
on verbally to an officer taking
over, and the fact that this has
been done shall be recorded in
handing over notes.
Regulation 376—Key Holder.
(1) Officers holding safe keys are
personally responsible for their
custody and shall retain personal
possession of them at all times
until the keys are formally handed
over in accordance with regulation
117.
(2) The officer taking over must
verify the whereabouts of
duplicate keys; and if these are
non-existent or untraceable, the
officer taking over must initiate
a loss report in accordance with
regulation 378.
Regulation 377—Temporary Absence
of Key Holder.
(1) If a key or combination holder
is to be temporarily absent from
duty, and it is necessary to
maintain the safe in operation
during the period of his absence,
the key or combination holder may
formally hand over to a deputy
other than the second key or
combination holder to the safe.
(2) In the case of safes of
categories C and D, with a single
lock, the contents of the safe
shall also be checked by both
officers and formally headed over;
and if one officer is unable to be
present, the procedure laid down
in regulation 120 shall be
applied.
Regulation 378—Loss of Keys.
(1) The loss of a key of any
government safe, or the compromise
of any combination, shall be
reported immediately by the
responsible officer to his head of
department, to the local
representative of the
Auditor-General and to the
Treasury Officer holding the
duplicate keys,
(2) The safe shall be sealed, the
time of sealing carefully noted,
and a guard placed over it.
(3) In the case of safes in
categories A and B, the other key
holders shall be informed.
Regulation 379—Use of Duplicate
Keys.
(1) The Treasury Officer holding
duplicate keys or note of the
combination shall bring the sealed
envelopes to the office concerned,
and be present when the safe is
opened, the contents checked and
removed to another place of
custody.
(2) The safe shall not thereafter
be used until the lock has been
altered and new keys or
combinations provided.
Regulation 380—Loss Procedure.
(1) The loss of safe keys shall be
deemed to be a loss subject to the
provisions of Part XIII of these
regulations.
(2) The amount of loss shall
comprise—
(a) the cost of altering locks and
providing new keys;
(b) the value of any missing items
from the safe.
Regulation 381—Death or Incapacity
of Combination Holder.
(1) If the combination holder of
any safe dies, or is otherwise
incapacitated from handing over in
accordance with regulation 375,
the Treasury Officer shall be
asked to attend the take over of
the safe in accordance with
regulation 120 and hand the sealed
envelope containing the
combination to the officer taking
over.
(2) When the combination has been
tested and the contents of the
safe verified, the combination
shall be resealed and the envelope
returned to the Treasury Officer.
Regulation 382—Change of
Combination Lock.
(1) A combination holder may, in
his own discretion, arrange for
the alteration of the combination
lock at any time after take over
and the cost of doing so shall be
borne by public funds.
(2) A note of the new combination
shall be sealed and handed to the
Treasury Officer, the old
combination being withdrawn and
destroyed in the presence of both
officers.
Regulation 383—Suspected
Interference.
If any key or combination holder
has any reason to believe that the
keys or locks of any safe have
been interfered with, he shall
remove the contents to another
safe, make a report as required by
regulation 378 and arrange for the
locks to be altered and new keys
supplied.
Regulation 384—Change of Keys.
(1) Where any key locks have been
changed, the new duplicates shall
be deposited with Treasury Officer
as required by regulation 374.
(2) The obsolete keys shall be
withdrawn by the keyholder and
destroyed.
Regulation 385—Departmental
Register of Safes.
A
head of department shall keep a
register of all safes held by his
officers and record a full
description of each safe, its
location and the Treasury Officer
responsible for holding duplicate
keys or record of combination
numbers.
Regulation 386—All Keyholders to
be Present.
Safes in categories A and B shall
not be opened for use except when
all keyholders including
combination holders are present
and they shall be jointly
responsible for the contents.
Regulation 387—Safe Register.
A
safe register, suitable analysed
by type of transaction, shall be
kept for each safe in categories A
and B, showing all cash or other
items deposited therein; and
entries for all items deposited or
withdrawn shall be initialled by
all keyholders.
Regulation 388—Overnigh Deposits.
Cash may be accepted for overnight
security in safes of categories A
and B, if the amounts fall within
their authorised cash balance, and
a special section of the safe
register shall be used for such
deposited. The cash may be
deposited:
(a) loose, when it shall be
counted by keyholders in the
presence of the depositor, and the
entry in the safe register signed
by keyholder and depositor;
(b) in sealed bags, or specie
boxes, when keyholders shall
satisfy themselves that seals are
correct and intact, and the
register shall be signed
accordingly by all parties.
Regulation 389—Officers Likely to
Require Deposit Facilities.
(1) Keyholders of safes in
categories A and B shall keep a
record of all officers likely to
require facilities for safe
deposit, and inform them of the
times when the safe will be open
to receive or return deposits.
(2) Keyholders shall always be
present at the sated times, which
shall include a period of at least
30 minutes before the opening of
public business and after its
close.
(3) Officers requiring deposit
facilities outside the normal
period of opening shall give prior
notice to the keyholders.
Regulation 390—Use of Treasury
Safe.
Departments in stations without
their own safe accommodation of
categories A and B may, by prior
arrangement, utilise the Treasury
Office safe for overnight
deposits.
Regulation 391—Deposit of Other
Valuable Articles.
(1) A receipt shall be given for
other valuable articles deposited
in a safe categories A and B.
(2) Keyholders may, however,
require that such articles be
wrapped and sealed in their
presence, and their responsibility
for safe custody shall be confined
to that of the sealed package.
(3) This procedure shall be
followed in respect of any article
such as diamonds, of which
keyholders cannot themselves judge
the true value.
Regulation 392—Withdrawal of Items
Deposited.
(1) Cash or other articles
deposited in a safe of category A
or B shall be returned only upon
formal application of the
depositing officer, and the return
for cancellation of any receipt
issued to him.
(2) Loose cash shall be counted in
the presence of keyholders, and
the seals of any package examined
to see that they are intact; if
correct, the depositor shall sign
either the register or the back of
the deposit receipt in
acknowledgment of proper delivery.
Regulation 393—Verification of
Contents—Categories A and B Safes.
At least once a month the senior
keyholder shall arrange for the
check of the contents of safes of
categories A and B; and the safe
register shall be initialled by
all keyholders against the items
verified.
Regulation 394—Verification of
Contents—Categories C and D Safes.
The keyholder of a safe in
category C or D shall similarly
check the contents of his safe
from time to time, and not less
frequently than once a month.
Regulation 395—Other Occasions
when Verification Necessary.
The contents of all safes shall be
checked whenever:
(a) a key or combination is handed
over to another holder;
(b) a check is required by the
Auditor-General or his
representative.
Regulation 396—Custody of Private
Money or Effects Prohibited.
(1) The use of official safes for
the custody of private money or
effects is prohibited.
(2) Private money found in an
official safe shall be credited to
revenue.
Regulation 397—Purposes of
Departmental Bank Accounts.
Bank accounts may be kept by
departmental officers other than
Treasury Officer for the following
purposes:
(a) the initial deposits of
collections or moneys received
direct into bank from members of
the public and called collection
bank accounts;
(b) the deposit of sums granted as
imprest for disbursement by cheque
and called imprest bank accounts.
Regulation 398—Collection Bank
Accounts.
No disbursements shall be made
from collection bank accounts
which shall be used solely for
receiving cash; the balances shall
be transferred at regular
intervals to the appropriate
Treasury Office bank account.
Regulation 399—Designation of
Departmental Bank Accounts.
Accounts established with the
approval of the Controller and
Accountant-General under
regulation 345 shall be designated
according to the post of the
officer authorised to keep it and
the type of account such as
"collection" or "imprest"
concerned.
Regulation 400—Opening of an
Account.
Accounts shall be initially opened
by the Controller and
Accountant-General, who shall
inform the bank of the conditions
for operation, which shall
include:
(a) specification of the frequency
and destination of transfers from
collection bank accounts;
(b) prohibition of payments from
collection bank accounts;
(c) specimen signatures of
officers authorised to sign
cheques from an imprest bank
account;
(d) prohibition of overdraft on an
imprest bank account.
Regulation 401—Signing of Cheques.
Where an imprest is granted for an
amount exceeding ¢500, cheques
shall be signed jointly by the
officer authorised to operate the
account and by a countersigning
officer.
Regulation 402—Duty of Cheque
Signatories.
It is the duty of officers signing
cheques to ensure:
(a) that a cheque is drawn up in
accordance with a properly
authorised and authenticated order
for disbursement as required by
Part V of these regulations;
(b) that the cheque is properly
drawn in the name of the payee and
in accordance with regulations
412, 414 and 415.
Regulation 403—Alternate
Signatory.
(1) If required, an alternative
signing officer may be appointed
to provide the second signature on
a cheque.
(2) The signature of the officer
authorised to operate the account
shall always be required.
Regulation 404—Handing Over
Imprest Bank Accounts.
(1) When an imprest bank account
has been opened, and specimen
signatures initially provided
under cover of the Controller and
Accountant-General's instructions
to the bank, subsequent transfers
of authority to operate account
shall follow the handing over
procedures laid down in
regulations 116 to 124.
(2) Specimen signatures of the
officers taking over shall be
supplied by the officer handing
over and duly recorded in the
handing over notes.
(3) In the event of failure to
hand over, the appropriate
Treasury Officer shall be informed
and he shall transmit the new
specimen signatures to the bank
accordingly.
Regulation 405—Cash Books.
Departmental officer authorised to
operate bank accounts shall
promptly record all transactions
in a cash book, showing all
payments, into, and disbursements
or transfers from the bank
account.
Regulation 406—Bank
Reconciliation.
(1) Any officer authorised to
operate a bank account shall
arrange for a bank statement of
transactions to be supplied at
regular intervals not exceeding
one month.
(2) He shall reconcile the
transactions shown in his cash
book with those shown in the bank
statement, and record the
reconciliation statement in his
cash book.
(3) He shall immediately
investigate and deal with any
discrepancy revealed in the bank
reconciliation statement.
(4) Bank statements shall form
part of his accounts and must be
carefully preserved.
Regulation 407—Internal Audit.
Heads of departments shall, from
time to time, arrange for
independent verification of the
cash account and reconciliation
statements.
Regulation 408—Identification of
Payments into Bank.
Officers authorised to operate
bank accounts shall ensure that
payments into the account, by
either their subordinates or by
members of the public, are
correctly identified by title of
the account, the payer's name and
account reference.
Regulation 409—Supply of Cheques.
Every order on a bank for a supply
of official cheques must be signed
by the office, authorised to
operate an imprest bank account
and, unless specially provided for
in Departmental Accounting
Instructions, not more than one
spare cheque book shall be kept on
hand.
Regulation 410—Security of Cheque
Books.
(1) Officers operating bank
accounts are personally
responsible for the security of
cheque books issued to them; all
unissued cheques shall be kept
overnight in a safe of not lower
than category C, and books shall
be kept under lock and key when
not actually in use during
business hours.
(2) A periodic reconciliation
shall be made to ensure that the
number of cheques taken from the
book corresponds to the number of
cheques officially used.
Regulation 411—Missing Cheques.
(1) The serial numbers of cheques
received shall be recorded in a
Value Book Register kept in
accordance with Part VIII of these
regulations; the serial numbers of
cheques used shall be recorded in
the cash book against the relevant
payment.
(2) If any cheque is found to be
missing, the bank shall be
immediately informed of the serial
number and instructed to stop
payment.
(3) If the bank reports that
payments have already been
effected on any missing cheque,
the officer responsible for the
missing cheque shall initiate
action on the loss in accordance
with Part XIII of these
regulations.
Regulation 412—Stamping of
Cheques.
Immediately upon receipt of a
cheque book, the officer
responsible for operating the
account shall cause the leaves to
be rubber stamped under the
signature space with the official
designation of his account.
Regulation 413—Spoiled Cheques.
(1) If a cheque is spoiled, it
must be cancelled and affixed to
the counterfoil for retention in
the cheque book.
(2) Counterfoils of used cheques
shall be retained in secure
custody until due authority is
obtained for their destruction.
Regulation 414—Payments by
Cheques.
All imprest payments, except for
the payment of wages, in excess of
¢25 must be made by cheque.
Regulation 415—Drawing of Cheques.
Cheques shall be drawn payable "to
order" and crossed unless the
recipient specifically requests
the issue of an uncrossed cheque.
Regulation 416—Right of Access.
The Controller and
Accountant-General and the
Auditor-General, and their
representatives, have the right to
ask for and to receive from a bank
statements of any official bank
account and any other information
relating to transactions in it.
Regulation 417—Bank Charges.
By virtue of the Financial
Administration Decree, 1979,
section 80, no charges may be
raised for the encashment of any
cheque paid to or issued by the
Government.
PART VIII—VALUE BOOKS
Regulation 418—Definition.
The term "value book" shall apply
to any official form, book or disc
used in public financial business
and whose improper use might
occasion loss of public or trust
moneys or loss to members of the
public.
Regulation 419—Value Books in
Current Use.
Value books shall include the
following:
(a) official receipt documents,
whether in the form of books,
tickets or discs;
(b) cheque books;
(c) local Purchase Order forms;
(d) requisitions and bill books
where these form part of a
standardised system as approved
in Departmental Accounting
Instructions;
(e) travel warrants;
(f) any other form which the
Controller and Accountant-General
may declare to be a value book.
Regulation 420—Security Printing.
Value books shall be printed under
such conditions of security as
shall, in the opinion of the
Controller and Accountant-General,
preclude the printing and supply
of unregistered forms.
Regulation 421—Numbering of Value
Books.
All value books and forms shall be
identified by pre-printed serial
numbers, to be used as the basis
of record and control.
Regulation 422—Responsibility of
the Controller and
Accountant-General.
The Controller and
Accountant-General shall be
responsible for ordering supplies
of value books from the printers
and for establishing stocks for
the use of departments.
Regulation 423—Delegation by the
Controller and Accountant-General.
(1) The Controller and
Accountant-General may, subject to
such conditions as he may
determine, delegate responsibility
for ordering supplies and
establishing stocks to heads of
departments.
(2) This delegation and the
control system to be applied in
accordance with this chapter shall
be recorded in Departmental
Accounting Instructions.
(3) The cost of printing in such
cases shall be borne by the
department to whom authority has
been delegated.
Regulation 424—Printing and Supply
of Cheques.
Regulations 422 and 423 shall not
apply to the printing and supply
of cheque books, which are the
responsibility of the banks, and
requisitions shall be placed in
accordance with regulation 409.
Regulation 425—Records of Value
Books.
Detailed accounting record shall
be kept of all value books from
the time of printing until such
time as they have been used and
their destruction has been duly
approved under these regulations.
Regulation 426—Main Stocks.
Supplies of value books delivered
in bulk by the printer shall be
received into main stocks, which
shall be kept in a safe of
category A.
Regulation 427—Subsidiary Stocks.
The Controller and
Accountant-General, or a head of
department to whom his authority
has been delegated under
regulation 423, may establish
subsidiary stocks for the more
convenient supply to station
stockholders which shall be kept
in a safe of category A.
Regulation 428—Station Stocks.
Value books held for issue to
departmental collectors or
spending officers when required
for use shall be held in station
stocks, and kept in a safe of
category B or C.
Regulation 429—Stock Registers.
(1) The serial numbers of all
value books received shall be
recorded in a stock register,
numbers being aggregated according
to the normal unit of issue.
(2) A separate account shall be
kept for each type of value book
and each denomination of ticket.
(3) Receipt entries shall be
supported by the duplicate issue
voucher from the supplier of the
forms.
Regulation 430—Issue Vouchers.
The issue of value books from the
printing, main or subsidiary
stocks shall be supported by an
issue voucher prepared in
quadruplicate, as follows:
(a) the original and duplicate
shall be sent to the
requisitioning officer, who shall
check and sign the original and
return it to the supplier;
(b) the triplicate copy shall be
sent to the Auditor-General or, in
the case of issues from a
subsidiary stock, to his local
representative;
(c) the quadruplicate shall be
retained as office copy, to which
the receipted original shall be
attached on its return from the
receiving stockholder.
Regulation 431—Issues in Sequence.
The issue of value books from
stock shall be made in consecutive
order according to the serial
numbers.
Regulation 432—Stock Levels.
Maximum re-order and minimum stock
levels for each type of value book
in main and subsidiary stocks
shall be laid down in Departmental
Accounting Instructions.
Regulation 433—Internal Audit.
Heads of Departments shall arrange
for periodic and independent
verification of stocks of value
books held by officers of this
department.
Regulation 434—Source of Station
Stocks.
Station stockholders shall draw
their supplies from the main or
subsidiary stocks specified in
their Departmental Accounting
Instructions and from no other
source.
Regulation 435—Annual Forecast of
Requirements.
A
station stockholder shall give an
annual forecast of his
requirements for each budget year
to his supplying stockholder; and
this forecast must be submitted by
the first of January each year.
Regulation 436—Consolidations of
Forecasts.
(1) Subsidiary stockholders shall
ensure that all station
stockholders drawing from their
stocks have submitted forecasts,
and shall forward a consolidated
forecast to the appropriate main
stockholder.
(2) These consolidated forecasts
shall be the basis of financial
provision in the estimates and for
printing orders.
Regulation 437—Stock Control.
(1) All stockholders shall
maintain records comparing monthly
issues against the forecast
requirements and against the
previous years' issues.
(2) The supply stockholders shall
be informed as soon as any
substantial variation between
forecast and actual issues becomes
apparent.
Regulation 438—Station Stock
Levels.
(1) Station stockholders are
responsible for ensuring that
sufficient stocks of value books
are held available for use at any
time.
(2) A failure to maintain an
adequate stock level which results
in disruption of public financial
business shall be deemed to be a
breach of discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 439—Maximum and Minimum
Stocks.
Station stocks shall not exceed
three months' normal usage nor
fall below a minimum level of one
month's normal usage.
Regulation 440—Requisitions.
Requisitions shall be signed by
the station stockholder, and shall
show stocks on hand at the time of
requisition.
Regulation 441—Issues to Users.
(1) Issues from station stocks
shall be signed for in the stock
register, and shall be limited to
the quantities actually required
for immediate use.
(2) Officers using value books
shall not themselves hold stocks,
but shall draw from stock as each
book is completed.
Regulation 442—Verification of
Use.
(1) No new value books shall be
issued until the station stock
holder has satisfied himself that
the previous issues have been
fully used and accounted for.
(2) If however, the user is
located at an office some distance
from the stockholder, new books
may be issued at convenient times
before full completion of old
books to avoid disruption of
business.
Regulation 443—Internal Check.
No collector shall be appointed as
station stockholder.
Regulation 444—Distribution
Register.
Where it is necessary to control
the operation of collectors in
accordance with regulations 187 to
190, a distribution register shall
be kept to record the receipt
books and tickets held by each
collector.
Regulation 445—Duration of
Custody.
(1) Stockholders are responsible
for the custody of value books
until such time as receipt of the
books has been duly acknowledged
by another stockholder or user.
(2) Any loss in transit shall be
immediately reported to the
issuing stockholder who shall be
responsible for dealing with the
loss in accordance with these
regulations.
Regulation 446—Registered Post.
Packages containing value books
sent by post must be sealed by
cellotape and registered.
Regulation 447—Check on Delivery.
(1) Value books sent by post shall
be checked on delivery against the
issue voucher.
(2) A report on items short
delivered shall be made to the
issuing stockholder by telephone
or telegram, followed by a
detailed report of the
circumstances.
Regulation 448—Defective Books.
(1) Value books received, whether
by post or direct delivery, shall
be examined for defects in
printing, numbering or pagination.
(2) Any books found defective
shall be returned to the issuing
stockholder, and thence to the
main stockholder, who shall be
responsible for notifying the
printer of defective deliveries,
and making claims for
reimbursement in respect of faulty
printing.
(3) The Auditor-General shall be
informed of any such reports or
claims.
Regulation 449—Books Found
Defective in Use.
(1) Any value book found defective
in actual use shall be returned
immediately to the station
stockholder and exchanged for a
new book.
(2) A report shall be made to the
local representative of the
Auditor-General who shall verify
transactions to date and cancel
unused forms.
(3) The book shall then be
returned to the main stockholder
for claims as indicated in
regulation 448.
Regulation 450—Personal Custody by
Users.
Officers to whom value books are
issued for use shall be personally
responsible for their safe
custody; when the value books are
not in actual use, they shall be
kept under lock and key during
business hours, and in a safe of
not lower than category C for
overnight custody.
Regulation 451—Loss of Value
Books.
(1) If any value book or form is
lost, the officer immediately
responsible for custody shall
report the loss to his issuing
stockholder, who shall be
responsible for initiating a loss
report in accordance with Part
XIII of these regulations.
(2) Failure to report the loss of
value books shall be deemed to be
a breach of discipline as defined
in regulation 24.
Regulation 452—Notification to the
Public.
(1) Where the circumstances of the
loss indicate the possibility of
unlawful use of the forms the
reporting stockholder shall
immediately give sufficient
warning to the public and to other
officials.
(2) The means adopted for this
notification may vary according to
circumstances but may include
Gazette publication, newspaper
notices and the circularisation of
officials likely to be concerned.
(3) Departmental Accounting
Instructions shall indicate any
specific notification required.
(4) The measures taken to notify
the public shall be noted in the
loss report.
Regulation 453—Value of the Loss.
The value of the loss reported
under regulation 451 shall
comprise:
(a) the intrinsic value of the
books or forms lost;
(b) the costs of notifying the
public of the loss and of
otherwise dealing with the case;
(c) the value of any loss or
revenue or irregular payment
occasioned by the loss of forms.
Regulation 454—Revenue Losses.
(1) Where the nature of a revenue
collection is such that the amount
due to government cannot be
calculated with reference to the
duplicate receipts, or to the
number of tickets issued, the loss
of receipt books or tickets
without proof of their destruction
shall be deemed to have occasioned
a loss of revenue.
(2) The amount of the revenue lost
shall be calculated as follows:
(a) where the revenue receipts or
tickets are fixed fee, the face
value of the receipts;
(b) otherwise, the average value
of collections obtained in books
held by the collector or
sub-collector involved.
Regulation 455—Evaluation of Loss.
(1) In any loss reported under
regulations 451 and 463, the
Controller and Accountant- General
shall draw up and sign a cost
statement showing full amount of
the loss as assessed by him.
(2) This statement shall be
examined and certified by the
Auditor-General, and the amount
shall then be deemed to be the
value of the loss for purposes of
recovery of write-off.
Regulation 456—Loss Occasioned to
the Public.
No claim against Government shall
arise as of right for any loss
occasioned to a member of the
public by the loss of official
value books or forms.
Regulation 457—Handing Over.
(1) Stocks of value books shall be
verified against the stock
register on each occasion of
handover in accordance with
regulation 117.
(2) A line shall be drawn under
each stock account and initialled
by both officers.
(3) The serial numbers of unused
value forms handed over shall be
recorded in the handing-over notes
of collectors and spending
officers.
Regulation 458—Copies of Value
Books.
(1) If any member of the public
loses a properly completed form
issue to him, and applies for a
duplicate, he may be given a
certified true copy or a
photocopy; a new printed form
shall not be used except where
this is provided for by law, when
the appropriate fee shall be
collected.
(2) Departmental Accounting
Instructions may specify a fee to
be collected for the provision of
copies.
Regulation 459—Retention of Used
Books.
Used value books shall be retained
in safe custody until such time as
their disposal under the
appropriate regulation has been
duly authorised.
PART IX—IMPRESTS
Regulation 460—Definition.
An imprest is a sum of cash
advanced to a public officer to
meet payments from the
Consolidated Fund which, in the
opinion of the Controller and
Accountant-General, are
inconvenient to disburse through
the normal Treasury Office
procedure laid down in Part V of
these regulations.
Regulation 461—Authority to Grant
Imprests.
(1) Authority to grant imprests is
conveyed by an annual General
Imprest Warrant issued to the
Controller and Accountant-
General under authority of the
Government.
(2) This authority lapses at the
end of each financial year and all
imprests granted under it shall
therefore be repaid to the
Consolidated Fund before the close
of the financial year.
Regulation 462—Report of Imprest
Balances.
The Controller and
Accountant-General shall report
balances in the hands of imprest
holders in the Statement of Public
Accounts published as required by
section 38 of the Financial
Administration Decree, 1979.
Regulation 463—Classes of Imprest.
Imprests are of two classes,
namely:
(a) Standing imprests, held
throughout the financial year and
replenished as necessary by
presentation of paid payment
vouchers to the Treasury Officer;
(b) special imprests, issued for
making a particular payment, or
group of payments which must be
retired in full by the date
specified in the grant.
Regulation 464—Approval for Issue
of Imprests.
The grant of imprests shall be
approved as follows:
(a) the initial grant of a
standing imprest, or the renewal
of an imprest under regulation
490, shall be approved by the
Controller and Accountant-General;
(b) the renewal of a standing
imprest under regulation 489 may
be approved by the Treasury
Officer responsible for the
initial issue and control of the
imprest;
(c) the grant of a special imprest
shall be approved by the Senior
Principal Secretary.
Regulation 465—Responsibility of
the Imprest Holder.
An imprest holder is responsible
for:
(a) the custody of cash in
accordance with Part VII of these
regulations;
(b) the disbursement of moneys
from the Consolidated Fund in
accordance with Part V of these
regulations.
Regulation 466—Initial Grant of
Imprest.
(1) Applications for the initial
grant of an imprest shall be made
to the Controller and
Accountant-General, or to the
Senior Principal Secretary as
specified in regulation 464, on
Treasury Form 99 in quintuplicate.
(2) The reasons for requiring the
imprest shall be stated, together
with an estimate of the numbers
and value of transactions for each
month.
(3) Treasury Form 99, the Imprest
Warrant, shall show:
(a) designation of the imprest
holder;
(b) the Treasury Office from which
the imprest is to be drawn and
replenished;
(c) the purpose, that is, type of
payments to be made from the
imprest and the appropriate
accounts classification;
(d) if a special imprest, the
proposed date of retirement;
(e) whether the imprest is to be
renewable, that is whether, after
retirement, the issue of a new
imprest of the same amount shall
be required for the same purpose
in the new financial period;
(f) the amount of the imprest.
Regulation 467—Separate Imprests
for Each Expenditure Item.
Separate applications shall be
made in respect of imprests
required to meet payments from
each expenditure item, and the
item number shall be quoted on the
Imprest Warrant.
Regulation 468—Payment of Imprest.
(1) The approved Imprest Warrant
shall be forwarded to the Treasury
Officer responsible for issue of
the imprest, who shall number all
copies of the warrant, record it
in his imprest register and
prepare a cheque for payment.
(2) The forms shall be dealt with
as follows:
(a) the original shall be
receipted by the imprest holder
and used as an original payment
voucher;
(b) the duplicate shall be
retained by the Treasury Officer
in support of his records.
(c) the triplicate shall be given
with the cheque to the imprest
holder.
(d) the quadruplicate shall be
sent to the Auditor-General or his
local representative.
(e) the quintuplicate shall be
returned to the officer requesting
issue of the imprest.
Regulation 469—Bank Accounts.
Imprests exceeding ¢200 in amount
must be operated through a bank
account. If a bank account is
required, application should be
made to the Controller and
Accountant-General in accordance
with regulations 399 and 400.
Regulation 470—Cash Books.
An imprest cash book shall be kept
for the prompt recording of all
transactions.
Regulation 471—Multiple Imprests.
(1) If more than one imprest is
held by an imprest holder, he
shall keep a single cash book and
bank account for his imprest
transactions as through all his
imprests were a single imprest.
(2) The aggregate value of the
imprests shall determine the
application of regulation 469.
Regulation 472—Payments from
Imprest.
(1) Payments may only be made from
the imprest on the authority of a
payment voucher prepared and
signed in accordance with
regulations 231 to 240.
(2) The imprest holder is
responsible for ensuring that:
(a) funds are available under a
Financial Encumbrance;
(b) vouchers are properly
authenticated as required by the
Treasury circular issued under
regulation 254.
Regulation 473—Consolidated
Vouchers.
In the case of numerous petty
transactions of a similar nature,
Departmental Accounting
Instructions may provide for the
use of consolidated vouchers.
Regulation 474—Paid Stamp.
When vouchers have been paid from
imprest, all copies and supporting
documents shall be stamped "paid
from Imprest" and dated before the
cheque or cash is handed to the
payee.
Regulation 475—Postage Imprest.
(1) No vouchers shall be required
for the issue of stamps for postal
charges, but a record of stamps
used shall be kept in the cash
book.
(2) Vouchers for replenishment
shall be prepared under a
certificate of payment as provided
for in regulation 284.
(3) The Treasury Officer may
require presentation of the
postage imprest cash book for
examination. Postage imprests
shall be kept separately and not
aggregated as required by
regulations 471.
Regulation 476—Sub-Imprests.
(1) An imprest holder may issue
part of his imprest to a
subordinate officer provided that
it is used solely for the purpose
for which the main imprest was
issued.
(2) The imprest holder shall be
responsible for the proper custody
and accounting for the
sub-imprest, and it shall be
replenished only from the main
imprest.
Regulation 477—Unauthorised Use of
Imprests.
(1) Imprests shall be used only
for the specific purposes for
which they were issued.
(2) The application of imprest
moneys for purposes other than
those authorised on the Imprest
Warrant shall be deemed to be a
breach of discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 478—Receipts into
Imprest.
(1) No moneys, other than cheques
received from the Treasury Officer
in replenishment of the imprest,
may be paid into the imprest.
(2) Any other moneys received
shall be paid into the
Consolidated Fund as required by
regulation 148.
(3) This regulation shall apply to
incomplete payments and
overpayments from imprests.
Regulation 479—Losses from
Imprest.
(1) If any money is lost from an
imprest, the imprest holder shall
issue a loss report as required by
Part XIII of these regulations,
and prepare a voucher for the
amount missing charging it to an
advance account in his own name.
(2) Reference to the loss report
shall be made on the payment
voucher; and the Treasury Officer
shall seek confirmation that the
imprest holder has either been
removed from, or confirmed in, his
duties by his head of department
before replenishing the imprest.
Regulation 480—Handing Over.
(1) The imprest cash book shall be
checked and signed by both
officers when handing over in
accordance with regulation 117.
(2) The officer taking over shall
verify that the full amount of the
imprest is on hands, either in the
form of cash paid vouchers, when
he takes over.
(3) Any bank balance shall be
reconciled with the cash book
balance at the date of handing
over.
Regulation 481—Presentation of
Vouchers to Treasury.
Paid payment vouchers in
triplicate shall be presented to
the Treasury Officer from whom the
imprest was drawn within three
days of payment from imprest
unless Departmental Accounting
Instructions shall provide for a
longer period of retention.
Regulation 482—Presentation of
Cash Book.
(1) the Treasury Officer may
require presentation of the
imprest cash book when vouchers
are submitted for replenishment of
the imprest or at any other time.
(2) The cash book shall be checked
immediately and returned to the
imprest holder; it shall not be
retained in the Treasury Officer.
Regulation 483—Examination of
Imprest Payment.
(1) Vouchers shall be subjected to
examination in accordance with
regulation 229; and if in order
and properly receipted, they shall
be referred to the Treasury
cashier for preparation of cheque
and entry to the cash book.
(2) A treasury payment voucher
number shall be inserted on all
copies; these and all supporting
documents shall be stamped "paid
(date)".
(3) The cheque and duplicate of
triplicate copies of the vouchers
shall be given to the imprest
holder.
Regulation 484—Replenishment.
The Treasury cheque shall be
cashed or paid into an imprest
bank account as the case may be,
and the money thus received shall
be held as part of the original
imprest.
Regulation 485—Failure to
Replenish.
(1) If an imprest holder fails to
present vouchers for replenishment
over a period of three months, the
Treasury Officer shall call for
and examine the imprest cash book.
(2) If payment vouchers have been
left unpresented as required by
regulation 481, or if there have
been no transactions, the Treasury
Officer shall order the retirement
of the imprest.
Regulation 486—Retirement Due.
(1) Imprests shall be retired as
follows:
(a) special imprests, on or before
the date specified on the imprest
warrant;
(b) all imprests, on or before a
date specified by the Treasury
officer prior to the closing of
cash accounts at the end of the
financial year.
(2) Failure to retire an imprest
by the due date, unless occasioned
by the death or inacapacity of the
imprest holder, shall be deemed to
be a breach of discipline as
defined in regulation 24.
Regulation 487—Retirement
Procedure.
(1) On retirement of the imprest,
the imprest holder shall pay all
cash and bank balances into the
Treasury bank accounts, and
present his cash book, all paid
vouchers and the bank paying-in
slip to the Treasury officer.
(2) After check of the vouchers, a
Treasury Counterfoil Receipt shall
be issued for the full amount of
the imprest which is then deemed
to be retired.
Regulation 488—Failure to Retire.
Treasury officers shall report
details of all imprest holders
failing to retire their imprests
by due date to the Controller and
Accountant- General, with a copy
to the local representative of the
Auditor- General; accounting
action will be taken as laid down
in regulations 333 to 336.
Regulation 489—Renewal of Imprest.
(1) If the imprest was designated
as being renewable under
regulation 466 (3) (e), and has
been retired by due date, the
imprest holder may apply for
renewal of the imprest in the
ensuing financial period.
(2) Applications shall be made to
the Treasury Officer specified in
regulation 464 on Treasury Form
99, and shall quote the Treasury
Counterfoil Receipt number on
which the previous imprest was
retired.
Regulation 490—Renewal After
Delayed Retirement.
In cases where there has been any
failure to retire the imprest
delayed by due date, applications
for renewal shall be addressed by
the head of department to the
Controller and Accountant-General,
together with an explanation of
the failure, a statement of the
disciplinary action taken under
regulation 486 and a report of the
action taken to clear the advance
account opened in accordance with
regulation 333.
Regulation 491—Variation of
Renewed Imprests.
(1) Treasury Officers authorising
renewal of imprests shall examine
imprest transaction of the
preceding year, and may reduce the
amount of the imprest if it is in
excess of requirements.
(2) Applications for larger
imprests shall be treated as
initial application under
regulation 466.
Regulation 492—Variation of
Imprests Procedures.
(1) Imprests shall normally be
drawn, replenished and retired at
the Treasury Office assigned for
the conduct of an imprest bolder's
business.
(2) If, however, the needs of
departmental business make other
arrangements desirable, special
provision may be made in
Departmental Accounting
Instructions.
PART X—DEPOSITS AND OTHER TRUST
MONEYS
Regulation 493—Trust Moneys
Trust moneys are moneys received
into, or held in, the Consolidated
Fund and administered by public
officers on behalf of a member of
the public or any private or
public agency, in accordance with
the terms of any enactment,
agreement or trust deed which
shall govern all receipts and
disbursements.
Regulation 494—Trust Moneys are
Broadly Subject to these
Regulations
Except as may be expressly
provided for in the enactment,
agreement or trust deed, the
receipt, custody and disbursement
of trust moneys shall be subject
to these regulations as though
they were public moneys.
Regulation 495—Loss of Trust
Moneys
Except as provided for in
regulation 537, any loss of trust
moneys shall be replaced from the
Consolidated Fund, and no loss
shall be occasioned to the member
of the public or private or public
agency to whom the moneys belong.
Regulation 496—Class of Trust
Moneys
Trust moneys shall include the
following main classes of public
financial business:
(a) the receipt and disbursement
of deposits;
(b) the management of special
funds;
(c) the management of trust funds;
(d) the accumulation and
application of sinking funds.
Regulation 497—Responsibility for
Management of Trust Moneys
In cases where the enactment
agreement or trust deed governing
trust moneys does not specify the
administering authority, other
than generally as the Government
of Ghana, the Senior Principal
Secretary shall designate the head
of department to be responsible.
Regulation 498—Deposit
A
deposit is a sum of money required
by any enactment or agreement to
be paid into the Consolidated
Funds as security for the doing of
any act or thing, and to be held
or disposed of in such manner as
may be laid down in such enactment
or agreement, or as may be
required by these regulations.
Regulation 499—Authority for the
Collection of Deposits
(1) If any head of department
considers that the public
financial business of his
department requires the collection
of deposits, he shall submit a
proposed scheme to the Senior
Principal Secretary for approval
of the Government, with a copy to
the Controller and
Accountant-General.
(2) This scheme shall include the
following information:
(a) purpose of the deposits;
(b) method of calculating deposits
due;
(c) length of time deposits are
likely to be held;
(d) proportion of deposits likely
to be paid into the Consolidated
Fund as revenue;
(e) method of determining
conditions for repayment or
transfer to revenue;
(f) sums likely to be received or
disbursed in the course of a
financial year, and the average
balances to be held at any one
time;
(g) agencies to be used in
collection and disposal of
deposits.
Regulation 500—Reserve Liability
In conveying the approval of the
Government for a deposit scheme,
the Senior Principal Secretary
shall direct the means whereby the
scheme shall be enacted or
otherwise made known to the
public, and shall direct the
Controller and Accountant-General
as to the proportion of the
deposit balance which should be
held in the form of cash to meet
the government's liability to
repay it.
Regulation 501—Accounting
Instructions
The rules relating to the
operation of a deposit scheme
shall be incorporated in the
Departmental Accounting
Instructions.
Regulation 502—Classification of
Deposits
(1) A head of department preparing
a scheme of deposits shall apply
to the Controller and
Accountant-General for directions
as to classification in accordance
with regulation 105.
(2) Deposits shall be classified
in the public accounts according
to their purposes and financial
significance. Departmental
Accounting Instructions may
provide for the sub-classification
of deposits within the broader
classification approved for the
public accounts.
Regulation 503—General Classes of
Deposits
(1) Where the broader
classification used for the public
accounts shall relate to classes
of deposit collected solely by or
on behalf of one department, the
title used may be related to the
name of the department concerned.
(2) Where deposits of a similar
nature and financial significance
are collected by a number of
departments, the Controller and
Accountant-General shall establish
a general class of deposits.
(3) Transactions relating to a
general class of deposits shall be
accounted for separately and shall
not be aggregated in departmental
deposit accounts.
Regulation 504—Opening a Deposit
Account
(1) When a head of department
requires a subordinate officer to
receive, hold and dispose of
deposits within any class of
deposits, he shall apply to the
Controller and Accountant-General
or authority to open a deposit
account.
(2) The application shall specify:
(a) the authority for the class
of deposits given under regulation
500;
(b) the official designation of
the officer authorised to operate
the deposit account, to be known
as the deposit holder, together
with the name and specimen
signature of the first officer to
occupy that post;
Consolidated Fund.
Regulation 505—Designation of the
Deposit Account
(1) The authority for operation of
the deposit account shall be given
by the Controller and
Accountant-General and shall
specify the account number and
title.
(2) The account number and title
shall be quoted on all receipts,
payment or journal vouchers
relating to the deposit account.
(3) A copy of the Controller and
Accountant-General's authority
shall be forwarded to the Treasury
Officer concerned and to the
Auditor-General.
Regulation 506—Responsibility of
the Deposit Holder
The deposit holder shall be
responsible for the proper
collection and disposal of
deposits in accordance with these
regulations, and for maintaining
accounts of his transactions in
accordance with regulation 1.
Regulation 507—Responsibility of
the Head of Department
(1) A head of department is
responsible for the general
supervision of all deposit holders
within his department, and shall
arrange for periodic inspection of
their accounts.
(2) Where the head of department
considers it to be necessary,
Departmental Accounting
Instructions may provide for the
periodic reporting of deposit
transactions to departmental
headquarters.
Regulation 508—Deposits to be Paid
into the Consolidated Fund
All deposits shall be collected
and lodged without deduction into
the Consolidated Fund in
accordance with procedure laid
down in Part IV of these
regulations.
Regulation 509—Deposit Receipts
All deposit receipts shall, in
addition to the detail required by
regulation 166, record:
(a) sufficient detail to ensure
the proper identification of the
depositor at a future date; and
this detail may include an
identity card or social security
number;
(b) the full title and account
number of the deposit account
concerned;
(c) a warning to the depositor,
either by pre-printing or rubber
stamp, that presentation of the
original deposit receipt shall be
necessary in claiming refunds.
Regulation 510—Unauthorised
Deposits
(1) No deposits, other than
deposits authorised under
regulations 499 and 500, may be
demanded or accepted by a deposit
holder.
(2) The acceptance of an
unauthorised deposit shall be
deemed to be a breach of
discipline as defined by
regulation 24.
Regulation 511—Deposit Holder’s
Account
Each deposit holder shall maintain
accounts of all his transactions
as follows:
(a) a deposit control account for
each class of deposit held;
(b) deposit ledger accounts
relating to individual
transactions.
Regulation 512—Deposit Control
Account
The deposit control account shall
record all deposits received,
lodgements into the Consolidated
Fund and all repayments or
adjustments.
Regulation 513—Reconciliation with
Public Accounts
The Controller and
Accountant-General shall forward
periodic statements of
transactions in the public
accounts relating to the deposit
holder's account, and the balance
on this statement shall be
reconciled with that of the
control account.
Regulation 514—Ledger Accounts
Ledger accounts shall record
transaction with individuals in a
form suitable to the requirements
of each class of deposit; and the
form to be used shall be specified
in Departmental Accounting
Instructions.
Regulation 515—Reconciliation with
Control Accounts
(1) Balances on ledger accounts
shall be reconciled with the
balance on the control account at
the end of each posting sequence,
and at the end of each month.
(2) The deposit holder is
responsible for ensuring that this
reconciliation is properly
effected.
Regulation 516—Methods of
Repayments
Deposits may be repaid in two
ways:
(a) by transfer of all or part of
the deposit to revenue in
settlement for sums due to
Government from the depositor;
(b) by repayment of all or part of
the deposit to the depositor or to
a third party as may be laid down
in rules governing a particular
class of deposit.
Regulation 517—Transfer to Revenue
(1) Transfer of deposits to
revenue shall be effected by
journal entry as laid down in
regulations 337 to 339.
(2) The draft Treasury journal
voucher shall be forwarded through
the Treasury Office at which the
deposit account is operated.
Regulation 518—Entitlement to
Repayment
No repayment shall be made to a
depositor until the deposit holder
has satisfied himself that:
(a) the circumstances in which the
deposit was required to provide
security shall have ceased to have
effect;
(b) all sums due to government
have been duly collected or
charged to the deposit by journal
entry.
Regulation 519—Time-Expired
Deposits
(1) Unless the rules relating to a
class of deposit expressly provide
otherwise, the deposit holder may
not authorise repayment of a
deposit that has been held for
more than two years.
(2) The depositor shall be
informed that a claim for the
repayment of such a deposit should
be made to the Controller and
Accountant-General.
Regulation 520—Repayment.
(1) Repayment shall be effected by
payment voucher authorised by the
deposit holder and presented to
the Treasury Officer as prescribed
in Chapter V of these regulations.
(2) The voucher shall quote both
the original receipt on which the
deposit was collected and the
Treasury Counterfoil Receipt on
which it was paid into the
Consolidated Fund.
Regulation 521—Presentation of
Original Deposit Receipt.
(1) Where repayment in full is
made to the depositor, the payee
shall be identified by the
surrender of the original deposit
receipt which will be endorsed as
"Repaid" and attached to the
payment voucher.
(2) In the case of part-payments,
details of the payment voucher
number and amount paid shall be
endorsed on the deposit receipt,
which shall then be returned to
the depositor.
(3) Endorsement of the deposit
receipt shall be noted on the
payment voucher by the deposit
holder.
Regulation 522—Other
Identification of Payee.
Where the original deposit receipt
has been lost, or the payment is
due to be made to a third party,
the deposit holder is responsible
for seeing to it that payment is
made to the person entitled to
receive; and the means used for
identification shall be noted on
the voucher.
Regulation 523—No Interest
Payable.
No interest shall be payable on
ordinary deposits.
Regulation 524—Closure of Deposit
Account.
When deposits shall have been held
for two years, or such other
period as may be provided for in
the approved scheme, without claim
for repayment being made, the
deposit holder shall seek the
authority of the Controller and
Accountant-General to close the
deposit account by transfer to
revenue in accordance with
regulation 339.
Regulation 525—Subsequent Claims.
The closure of a deposit account
shall not debar a depositor from
claiming refund and such claims
may be made to the Controller and
Accountant-General as provided for
in regulation 519.
Regulation 526—Limitation of Claim
Period.
No claim for refund of deposit
shall be accepted after the lapse
of a period of six years from the
time of original deposit.
Regulation 527—Annual Financial
Statement.
A
head of department shall report
the deposit transactions of his
department as required by
regulation 115 (c) showing for
each class and sub-class of
deposit:
(a) opening and closing balances
for the financial year;
(b) receipts and payments during
the year as compared with.
(i) the transactions of the
previous year;
(ii) the forecast made in
accordance with regulation 49.
Regulation 528—Special Fund.
A
Special Fund is a fund established
under section 9 of the Financial
Administration Decree, 1979 with
moneys provided by public
institutions or from public moneys
for the discharge of public
financial business that cannot be
appropriately transacted through
the annual budget of revenue and
expenditure.
Regulation 529—Establishment of a
Special Fund.
A
Special Fund shall be established
by an enactment or other legal
instrument approved by the
Government which shall specify the
purposes of the fund, the
administering authority, amounts
receivable and payable, and any
special rules necessary for the
transaction of business.
Regulation 530—Delegation of
Responsibility.
A
head of department responsible for
administering a Special Fund may
delegate responsibility for
receipt of disbursement of Special
Fund moneys to a subordinate
officer in accordance with rules
laid down in Departmental
Accounting Instructions; and
copies of such authorisation shall
be notified to the Treasury
Officer concerned in the same way
as is required for revenue and
expenditure.
Regulation 531—Disbursements.
All disbursements shall be made by
authorisation of a payment voucher
prepared in accordance with
regulation 235 and quoting the
rules governing the operation of
the fund and any rule pertaining
to the particular transaction.
Regulation 532—Accounting.
A
head of department responsible for
the management of a Special Fund
shall keep accounts of all
transactions in accordance with
procedures laid down in
Departmental Accounting
Instructions. These accounts shall
be regularly reconciled with the
balances shown in the public
accounts.
Regulation 533—Annual Accounts.
(1) The head of department
responsible for administering a
Special Fund shall prepare an
annual report and financial
statements of its transactions,
which shall be separately
certified by the Auditor-General.
(2) Unless the rules relating to
the Special Fund require separate
publication, such annual reports
and financial statements shall be
included in the departmental
annual report prepared in
accordance with regulation 115.
Regulation 534—Trust Fund.
(1) A Trust Fund is a Special Fund
derived from a donation or bequest
from a private person or persons
for a public objective and for
which the Government of Ghana is
nominated to act as trustee.
(2) The terms of the trust shall
be laid down in a trust deed.
Regulation 535—Acceptance of A
Trust.
The acceptance of a trust by the
Government shall be sought through
the Senior Principal Secretary who
shall issue the formal acceptance
and remit a copy of the trust deed
to:
(a) the administering authority;
(b) the Controller and
Accountant-General;
(c) the Auditor-General.
Regulation 536—Additional Rules.
Any necessary rules to give effect
to the terms of the trust shall be
laid down in the Departmental
Accounting Instructions of the
administering department.
Regulation 537—Trust Fund
Investments.
(1) The principal sum created by a
trust shall be invested in
securities in accordance with
section 22 of the Financial
Administration Decree, 1979.
(2) The interest derived from such
securities, and any profit or loss
on sales of securities, shall
accrue to the Trust Fund.
Regulation 538—No Charge for
Administration.
No charge shall be raised by the
government for the administration
of a Trust Fund nor shall any fee
or payment be made to any public
officer for work done on behalf of
the Trust Fund.
Regulation 539—Annual Accounts.
(1) The head of department
responsible for administering a
Trust Fund shall prepare an annual
report and financial statements of
its transactions, which shall be
separately certified by the
Auditor-General.
(2) Unless the rules relating to
the Trust Fund require separate
publication, such annual reports
and financial statements shall be
included in the departmental
annual report prepared in
accordance with regulation 115.
Regulation 540—Report to Donors
and their Successors.
A
copy of the annual report and
financial statements shall be sent
to the donors of the trust, or to
their heirs or successors.
Regulation 541—Sinking Fund.
A
Sinking Fund is a Special Fund
created for the redemption of a
loan, by means of an annual
contribution so calculated that
when accumulated at compound
interest over the life of the
loan, the sum available shall be
sufficient to redeem the loan.
Regulation 542—Authority for
Creation of A Sinking Fund.
The creation of a Sinking Fund for
any loan may be authorised by the
Government in accordance with
section 17 (3) of the Loans Act,
1970 (Act 335); and this authority
shall be conveyed to the Bank of
Ghana and the Controller and
Accountant-General by letter which
shall also specify the annual
contribution and the rate of
interest which is to be
compounded.
Regulation 543—Administering
Authority.
The Controller and
Accountant-General shall be the
administering authority for all
Sinking Funds thus established,
and shall cause the approved
contribution to be paid annually
into the Fund.
Regulation 544—Fund to be
Invested.
Annual contributions to the
Sinking Fund shall be invested and
all interest received in respect
of such investments shall be
credited to the Fund.
Regulation 545—Payments from a
Sinking Fund.
(1) No payments shall be made from
a Sinking Fund until such time as
the Bank of Ghana shall notify the
Controller and Accountant- General
that a Fund is required for
redemption of the relevant loan.
(2) The Controller and
Accountant-General shall then
arrange for the sale of
investments and transfer of moneys
in consultation with the Bank of
Ghana.
Regulation 546—Closing
Adjustments.
Any surplus or deficiency in the
Fund after realisation of the
investments shall be
adjusted by payment to or from the
Consolidated Fund as the case may
be.
PART XI—ADVANCES AND OTHER LOANS
FROM THE CONSOLIDATED FUND
Regulation 547—Financial Assets of
the Consolidated Fund.
Moneys paid from the Consolidated
Fund for a public purpose that:
(a) requires the eventual
repayment of the money into the
Consolidated Fund; or
(b) results in the acquisition of
any equity interest in any
institution, shall not be charged
to expenditure, but shall be
advanced or lent from the
Consolidated Fund and shall form a
financial asset of that Fund.
Regulation 548—Need for Proper
Authority.
(1) No moneys shall be advanced or
lent from the Consolidated Fund
except in accordance with an
enactment.
(2) Advancing or lending moneys
from the Consolidated Fund, or
from moneys due to that Fund,
otherwise than as approved by
proper authority, shall be deemed
to be a breach of discipline as
defined in regulation 24.
Regulation 549—Categories of
Public Financial Business.
The following categories of public
financial business shall be
governed by the regulations in
this Part:
(a) advances . . .
. . . moneys lent on
condition of repayment within one
year;
(b) loans . . .
. . . moneys lent on
condition of repayment within
periods exceeding one
year;
(c) equity investments .
. . . moneys paid
for stock or shares in any
institution that confers ownership
rights upon the Government of
Ghana.
Regulation 550—Excluded
Categories.
The following categories of public
financial business, and any
accounting arrangement necessary
to give effect to them, do not
fall within the definitions given
in regulation 549:
(a) securities of Government
purchased or sold under the
authority of the Financial
Administration Decree, 1979,
section 22;
(b) moneys placed on current
deposit account with any bank or
other agency for the purpose of
transacting public financial
business. Such moneys shall be a
financial asset as cash held
within the Consolidated Fund;
(c) moneys placed on fixed deposit
with a bank, with a period of
notice for withdrawal of less than
one year, but such deposits shall
be deemed to be a security as
defined in section 22 of the
Financial Administration Decree,
1979.
Regulation 551—Budgetary Control
of Advances and Loans.
Moneys released from the
Consolidated Fund as advances,
loans or equity investments, shall
be subject to limits approved by
the Government in the annual
budget and applied as laid down in
these regulations.
Regulation 552—Chief Authority.
Subject to the directions of the
Government, the Senior Principal
Secretary shall be the chief
authority for the issue and
management of all advances, loans
and equity investments of the
Consolidated Fund.
Regulation 553—Need for Prior
Agreement.
(1) No advance or loan shall be
payable until an agreement
specifying conditions and terms of
recovery had been concluded
between the borrower and the
government; and such agreements
shall be in the form of:
(a) a formal agreement signed by
both parties in the presence of
witnesses; or
(b) a formal offer specifying
conditions together with a
formal acceptance by the borrower.
(2) The method to be used in any
particular case, if not
specified by the governing
enactment, shall be determined by
the Senior Principal Secretary.
Regulation 554—Responsibility for
Payment.
No payment in respect of an
advance, loan or equity investment
shall be made by the Controller
and Accountant-General unit:
(a) a copy of the appropriate
agreement has been lodged with
him; and
(b) he has assigned an account
number for the transaction
in accordance with regulation 105.
Regulation 555—General and
Specific Authority.
All advances from the Consolidated
Fund shall require two
authorities to give effect to a
payment, namely:
(a) a general authority providing
for a class of advances;
(b) a specific authority for
granting any particular advance
within a class.
Regulation 556—Authority to
Approve a Class of Advances.
(1) Any scheme for establishing a
class of advances shall be
submitted to the Senior Principal
Secretary for the approval of the
Government.
(2) A submission shall include the
following information:
(a) an explanation to show the
public purposes to be served by
the scheme and its estimated
costs;
(b) proposed rules for operation
of the scheme, specifying
the terms and conditions upon
which advances may be made, and
the manner and period of recovery;
(c) any interest charge to be made
for the advance;
(d) designation of the officer or
officers authorised to grant
advances;
(e) means of promulgating rules.
Regulation 557—Authority to
Admininster Advances.
When the rules for a class of
advances shall have been approved
by the Government, the Senior
Principal Secretary may authorise
any head of department, upon
application showing likely
receipts and payments during any
one financial year, to administer
advances of that class.
Regulation 558—Authorised Maximum
of Advances Allowed.
(1) In conveying authority to a
head of department for
administering a class of advances,
the Senior Principal Secretary
shall specify the maximum amount
that may be advanced under that
class at any time.
(2) Copies of this authority shall
be sent to the Controller and
Accountant-General and the
Auditor-General.
Regulation 559—Responsibility of
the Administering Authority.
It is the responsibility of a head
of department authorised to
administer a class of advances to
ensure that:
(a) the total advances outstanding
at any given time do not exceed
the authorised maximum;
(b) all advances are made under
proper authority to the person
entitled to receive them;
(c) all conditions of the advance
are duly observed;
(d) all advances are duly
recovered in accordance with the
regulations or agreements relating
to them.
Regulation 560—Increase of
Authorised Maximum.
(1) A head of department may apply
for increase of the authorised
maximum of any class of advance
when forwarding his budget
forecasts as required by
regulation 49.
(2) In considering such
applications, the Senior Principal
Secretary shall ascertain from the
Controller and Accountant-General
and the Auditor-General whether
the existing advances of the
department concerned are being
properly administered and
recoveries being promptly and
fully effected.
Regulation 561—Authority to Grant
Advances.
Authority to administer advances
does not convey authority to grant
advances; unless the rules
pertaining to a class of advances
specify some other person, the
authority for the grant of any
specific advance shall be the
Senior Principal Secretary.
Regulation 562—Delegations of
Power to Grant Advances.
(1) The Senior Principal Secretary
may delegate this powers to grant
advances as follows:
(a) to a subordinate officer of
his ministry not below the rank of
Administrative Officer Class II;
(b) to any head of department or
chief financial officer as defined
in regulation 286.
(2) Such powers shall be exercised
personally by the officer
specified and may not be further
delegated.
Regulation 563—Applications by the
Administering Authority
Where no delegation of authority
to grant advances has been made to
a head of department, applications
to the Senior Principal Secretary
for the grant of an advance shall
specify the total advance balance
of that class outstanding at the
date of the application.
Regulation 564—Delegation of
Administering Authority
(1) A head of department may
delegate responsiblity for the
administration of advances to the
Chief Financial Officer.
(2) The latter may in turn
sub-delegate responsibility to an
officer of the Accounting Class
not below the rank of Senior
Accounts Officer.
Regulation 565—Accounting
Classification
Where authority to administer any
class of advance has been given to
a head of department, the
Controller and Accountant-General
shall assign an account number for
the operation of the advance
account in the public accounts in
accordance with regulation 105.
Regulation 566—Accounts at
Departmental Headquarters
The head of department, as
administering authority for any
class of advances, shall keep
accounts at his department
headquarters to show all advances
and recoveries made.
Regulation 567—Accounts to be Kept
Departmental advance accounts
shall consist of:
(a) a separate control account for
each class of advance
administered;
(b) individual ledger accounts
relating to each advance made;
(c) control records designed to
ensure prompt, accurate accounting
and compliance with conditions
pertaining to the advances.
Regulation 568—Control Account
(1) The control account shall
record the totals of all advances
and recoveries made each month,
and the balances resulting
therefrom.
(2) Balances on the control
account shall be regularly
reconciled with:
(a) balances shown in the accounts
of the Treasury Officer
responsible for the service of
departmental headquarters;
(b) statements of accounts issued
by the Controller and Accountant-
General.
Regulation 569—Ledger Accounts
(1) A ledger accounts should be
kept for each advance made, in a
form to be laid down in
Departmental Accounting
Instructions.
(2) Each account shall be headed
by the name of the borrower, and
contain a reference to the
agreement prepared under
regulation 553 and to its
location.
Regulation 570—Numbering of
Individual Accounts
(1) The names of borrowers shall
be sufficiently identified and
distinguished to preclude error in
posting of accounts.
(2) In the case of advances to
public officers the staff number
as used for pay records will be
shown; in the other cases, an
account number will be assigned.
(3) In all cases, the appropriate
number will be quoted on all
receipts and payment vouchers
relating to what advance.
Regulation 571—Reconciliation with
the Control Account
(1) At the close of each posting
sequence, and at the end of each
month, balances in the individual
ledger accounts shall be
reconciled with the aggregate
balance in the control account.
(2) The officer responsible for
administration of advance accounts
shall personally scrutinise
advance accounts each month to
ensure that:
(a) ledger accounts have been
properly reconciled with the
control accounts, and the control
account with the balance in the
public accounts;
(b) that all advances are being
recovered in accordance with the
agreements.
Regulation 572—Payment by Spending
Officers
An advance payment may be made by
any spending officer appointed
under regulation 221 if he has
received a formal Authority to pay
an Advance issued by a person
specified under regulations 561 to
562 and duly countersigned by the
Treasury Officer responsible for
the service of departmental
headquarters.
Regulation 573—Authority to Pay an
Advance
An Authority to pay an Advance
shall be prepared in triplicate
and shall be addressed to the
administering authority.
The Authority to pay an Advance
shall specify:
(a) the general authority
governing the class of advances as
required by regulation 555 (a);
(b) the amount of the advance and
the person entitled to receive it;
(c) the advance account title and
classification;
(d) reference to the specific
agreement covering the advance to
be completed before payment;
(e) the certificate as required
under regulation 597 (2) if
applicable.
Regulation 574—Counter Signature
of the Treasury Officer.
(1) The administering authority
shall forward the three copies of
the signed Authority to pay and
Advance to the Treasury Officer
assigned to the service of the
departmental headquarters.
(2) The Treasury Officer shall
check that:
(a) the advance has been
authorised under proper authority;
(b) the advance does not cause the
authorised maximum balance to be
exceeded.
(3) If the Treasury Officer is
satisfied on these points, he
shall note the issue of the
authority in his records,
countersigned and stamp it, and
return the original and duplicate
to the administering authority,
retaining the triplicate for his
own records.
Regulation 575—Opening Ledger
Account.
On return of the Authority, the
officer administering advances
will open an advance account,
making a note of the account
number assigned to it on the
authority, and forward the
original copy to the spending
officer concerned.
Regulation 576—Conclusion of
Agreement
(1) On receipt of the original
Authority, the spending officer
shall complete the required
agreement with the borrower in
accordance with regulation 553.
(2) Where the agreement is to be
concluded in the form of an
offer and acceptance, the offering
letter shall be issued in
duplicate and the recipient
required to endorse his acceptance
on the original which shall be
returned to the spending officer.
Regulation 577—Presentation of
Voucher
(1) The spending officer shall
then prepare and forward a
payment voucher to the
Treasury Officer assigned to his
service in accordance with Part V
of these regulations.
(2) The payment voucher shall
quote:
(a) the general authority for the
class of advance as
required by regulation 555 (a);
(b) the Authority to pay an
Advance, the original of which
shall be attached in
support of the original payment
voucher as required by regulation
555 (b);
(c) reference to the agreement
concluded between Government and
borrower;
(d) the internal account
classification as required by
regulation 570.
(e) the original copy of the
agreement shall be forwarded
with their voucher for
inspection and return.
Regulation 578—Passing Advances
for Payment
(1) When satisfied that the
Authority to pay an Advance and
agreement is in order, the
Treasury Officer shall pass the
voucher for payment as laid down
in regulation 257.
(2) The original agreement shall
be stamped paid, the payment
details noted and signed by the
Treasury Officer, and the
agreement returned to the Spending
Officer.
Regulation 579—Custody of
Agreements
The spending officer shall
immediately forward a copy of the
paid payment voucher with the
original agreement by registered
post or messenger to the head of
department. Payment details shall
then be noted in the advance
account and the agreement filed
for safe custody.
Regulation 580—Non-Completion of
Advance Payment
If, for any reason, no agreement
is concluded and no advance
payment therefore made, the
spending officer shall return the
Authority to pay an Advance to his
head of department for
cancellation and closure of the
advance account; and the Treasury
Officer assigned to the service of
departmental headquarters shall be
informed that this has been done.
Regulation 581—Payment of Advance
to Third Party
(1) Where the regulations covering
a particular class of advance
require payment to the supplier of
goods or services to the borrower,
the advance payment voucher shall
be made payable accordingly,
(2) It is the duty of the spending
officer to ensure that payment is
properly supported by an invoice
and that the goods or services
specified have been duly delivered
or rendered.
Regulation 582—Responsibility for
Recovery
It is the duty of a head of
department, or the officer to
whom these duties have been
delegated in accordance with
regulation 564, to ensure that
advances issued are duly recorded
in accordance with the appropriate
agreement.
Regulation 583—Methods of Recovery
Advances may be recovered by two
alternative methods, namely:
(a) by deduction from payments due
from government to the borrower;
(b) by cash collection in
accordance with Part IV of these
regulations.
Regulation 584—Notification to
Spending Officer
(1) The officer administering
departmental advances shall be
responsible for issuing
instructions to the spending
officer concerned for the recovery
of advances by deductions.
(2) These instructions shall
normally be issued with the
authority to pay an advance.
Regulation 585—Deductions from
Salary
Recoveries from official salaries
shall commence from the salary of
the next complete month after that
in which the advance was made.
Regulation 586—Schedule of
Deductions
(1) A spending officer shall
record any deduction on the
payment voucher, together with the
correct account number of the
advance account.
(2) The voucher shall be presented
to the appropriate Treasury
Officer together with a schedule
of deductions in triplicate.
(3) A separate schedule shall be
prepared for each class of advance
account concerned.
Regulation 587—Preparation of
Schedule
The schedule shall record:
(a) the designation of the
spending officer;
(b) the advance account
classification, month of account
and serial number of schedule;
(c) the personal or account number
and name of each borrower for whom
a deduction is made, and the
amount recovered;
(d) the total recoveries on the
schedule;
(e) the signature of the spending
officer.
Regulation 588—Numbering of
Schedules
Schedules of deductions shall be
numbered by the spending officer
as follows:
(a) as a numerical sequence for
each month of account, a separate
sequence being used for each class
of advance;
(b) the last number used each
month, for each class of advance
account, shall be noted as
‘last’.
Regulation 589—Endorsement of
Schedules
(1) On passing the voucher for
payment, the Treasury Officer
shall endorse the schedule with
the payment voucher number, and
the Treasury Counterfoil Receipt
number on which the deductions
have been brought into the
Consolidated Fund account.
(2) The three copies of the
schedule shall then be signed and
stamped by the Treasury Officer
and returned to the spending
officer.
Regulation 590—Advances Return
(1) At the end of each month of
account, the spending officer
shall submit an advances returned
in duplicate to his head of
department.
(2) The return shall include:
(a) a list of all advance payments
made during the month,
class by class, and quoting the
Treasury payment voucher number,
personal or account number and
name of borrower, and the amount
advanced;
(b) total deductions made for each
class of advance during the
month, and the number of schedules
of deduction issued;
(c) copies of all schedules of
deductions issued during the
month.
Regulation 591—Posting of
Departmental Advance Accounts
(1) Officers administering
advances are responsible for
ensuring that advances returns
are rendered promptly and
accurately by spending officers.
.(2) One copy of the return shall
be used for posting his accounts
and the other copy shall be
forwarded to the Treasury Officer
assigned to the service of
departmental headquarters.
Regulation 592—Recoveries By Cash
Collection
(1) The Officer administering
advances shall issue the necessary
instructions to the supervising
collector concerned where
recoveries are to be effected by
cash collections.
(2) The amounts due and
collections made shall be
accounted for in the manner
prescribed in Part IV of these
regulations.
Regulation 593—Returns by
Supervising Collector
(1) The supervising collector
shall submit a return of advance
recoveries to his head of
department in duplicate at the end
of each month.
(2) This return shall contain the
following information:
(a) designation of supervising
collector and month of account;
(b) General Counterfoil Receipt
numbers on which collections are
made, the personal or account
number and name of payer, and the
amount collected;
(c) Treasury Counterfoil Receipt
number on which collections are
paid into the consolidated Fund.
(3) The return shall be dealt with
as indicated in regulation 591.
Regulation 594—Delay In Rendering
Schedules
(1) For the purposes of Treasury
Office control over advances, the
authorised maximum balance shall
be that recorded in Treasury
Office accounts.
(2) Failure to forward recovery
schedules promptly to the Treasury
Officer may therefore delay the
issue of further advances on
behalf of a department.
Regulation 595—Delay In Report
Non-deduction
(1) The duty of spending officers
to deduct advance recoveries from
salary payments does not diminish
the responsibility of a public
officer, who has received an
advance, to repay it according to
the agreement and to report any
failure to make deductions from
salary when due.
(2) Failure to report the absence
of deduction shall be deemed to be
a breach of discipline as defined
in regulation 24.
Regulation 596—Authority
The circumstances in which
different classes of advance may
be granted to a public officer
shall be specified in regulations
made under section 20 of the Civil
Service Act, 1960 (C.A. 5).
Regulation 597—Conditions for
Grant of an Advance
(1) No advance to a public officer
shall be made under those
regulations if:
(a) any advance in his name of the
same class is not fully repaid;
(b) any advance in his name of any
class is not being regularly
recovered;
(c) any advance is outstanding
against the officer on account of
losses, uncleared cheques or
unretired imprests;
(d) the normal instalment of
recovery shall cause total advance
deductions to exceed 40 per cent
of net monthly salary after tax or
other deductions.
(2) The authority to pay an
advance issued under regulation
573 shall contain a certificate
that the officer granting the
advance has satisfied himself that
none of these conditions apply to
the person receiving the advance.
Regulation 598—Recovery on Leaving
the Service
The outstanding balance of any
advance to a public officer
becomes a debt to government that
is fully recoverable at the date
of his leaving the service, and
shall be aggregated with other
debts due to governments as
provided for in Part XIV of these
regulations.
Regulation 599—Transferred
Officers.
(1) The balance due from an
officer who is transferred to
another department shall be
reported to the head of the new
department as required by Part XIV
of these regulations.
(2) The balance of any advance
outstanding in his name shall be
treated as an inter-departmental
payment according to regulation
328.
Regulation 600—Journal Adjustment.
(1) The officer administering
advances in the old department
shall initiate the journal entry
and secure the acceptance of the
new head of department, to whom
all relevant agreements and
correspondence shall be forwarded.
(2) The journal entry shall be
made in sufficient time to avoid
any disruption of recoveries.
(3) A copy shall be sent to the
Treasury Officer assigned to the
service of the headquarters of the
receiving department.
Regulation 601—Acceptance of
Outstanding Advances.
The balance due from a transferred
officer shall be accepted by the
receiving department even if the
acceptance shall cause the
authorised maximum balance of any
particular class to be temporarily
exceeded.
Regulation 602—General Authority
for the Class.
Advances-Losses shall be a general
class of advances as defined in
regulation 555 (a) for which this
section provides general
authority.
Regulation 603—Purpose of
Advances.
That class of advances is provided
for the purpose of—
(a) establishing accounting
control and information relating
to losses
(b) correcting balances of
accounts affected by losses;
(c) recording the financial
liability of officers responsible
for losses.
Regulation 604—No Grant of
Authority Required.
(1) The opening of an advance
account in respect of a loss does
not require granting authority;
the head of department shall
initiate the necessary journal
entry in accordance with
regulation 341.
(2) The circumstances in which
such entries are to be made are
laid down in Part XIII of these
regulations.
Regulation 605—Opening of Ledger
Accounts.
Advance accounts relating to
losses shall be opened initially
in the name of the officer
responsible for the receipt or
custody of the cash or stores
lost, and the account heading
shall quote his staff number.
Regulation 606—Determination of
Liability.
(1) The opening of an advance
account for any loss is required
as a means of control and has no
other immediate significance.
(2) In particular, the opening of
an advance account in the name of
the officer responsible for
receipt or custody does not imply:
(a) any condonation of his
liability for the loss;
(b) any established liability to
pay back the loss by him.
(3) Those matters shall be
determined as a result of
investigations into the loss
according to the procedures laid
down in Part XIII of these
regulations.
Regulation 607—Recovery of Loss
Advances.
(1) If, on completion of the
investigation, the officer in
whose name the account has been
opened, is found to be financially
liable, recovery of the value of
the loss from him shall be ordered
by the appropriate authority.
(2) His account shall be noted
accordingly and recovery effected
as required. Otherwise his advance
account shall be cleared by:
(a) clearance to an advance
account of another officer found
financially liable; or
(b) write-off by an authority
specified in Part XIII of these
regulations.
Regulation 608—Responsibility for
Administration.
(1) The head of department shall
be the administering authority for
all loss advances, responsible for
opening and clearing accounts
relating to losses incurred by the
staff of his department.
(2) The Controller and
Accountant-General shall notify
all heads of departments of the
account numbers to be used.
Regulation 609—No Authorised
Maximum.
(1) Losses shall be charged to
advance accounts as the need may
arise and shall not be restricted
by an authorised maximum as
required by regulation 558.
(2) A head of department shall
report to the Senior Principal
Secretary whenever his losses in
any financial year exceed the
forecast given under regulation 49
and explain the circumstances.
Regulation 610—General Authority
for the Class.
Advances—Contractors shall be a
general class of advances as
defined in regulation 555 (a) for
which this section provides
general authority.
Regulation 611—Purpose of Advance.
That class of advances is provided
for the purposes of facilitating
the work of Ghanaian contractors
by assisting in the finance of
works carried out on behalf of
Government,
Regulation 612—Advance Under
Contract.
(1) No advance shall be made
except in accordance with the
terms of the contract signed
between the Government and the
contractor.
(2) The contract shall satisfy the
requirements of regulation 553,
and no separate advance agreement
shall be required.
Regulation 613—Authority for
Inclusion of Advance Provisions.
No provisions, relating to an
advance shall be included in any
contract without the prior
approval of the Government, acting
through the Senior Principal
Secretary.
Regulation 614—Advance other than
Cash.
No advance shall be made in the
form of stores, equipment or
services unless the contract
agreement shall provide for the
determination of prices of these
stores, equipment or services to
be charged to the contract.
Regulation 615—Recoveries to be
Deducted.
Recoveries in respect of contract
advances shall be made from the
contract payments and the
appropriate spending officer shall
be instructed accordingly.
Regulation 616—Separate Account
for Each Contract.
The administering authority for
the advances shall open a separate
account for each contract advance.
Regulation 617—Final Payments.
No final payment on a contract
shall be made until the spending
officer has confirmed that no
balance of an advance is
outstanding. He shall certify this
on the voucher for final payment.
Regulation 618—General Authority
for Classes.
Advances—Services on behalf of
Other Agencies is a group of
general classes of advances as
defined in regulation 555 (a) for
which this section provides
general authority.
Regulation 619—Classification.
(1) A separate class of advances
shall be used according to the
category of institution concerned.
(2) The following classes are to
be included within this general
group:
External Agencies
International Institutions, Other
Governments.
Internal Agencies Public
Boards and Corporations
Educational Institutions, Local
Authorities, Other Internal
Institutions.
Regulation 620—Purpose of
Advances.
These classes of advances are
provided to meet circumstances in
which payments are made from the
Consolidated Fund on behalf of
other institutions in accordance
with an agreement that
reimbursement shall be promptly
made to the Consolidated Fund.
Regulation 621—Ledger Accounts.
(1) A head of department
authorised to administer any of
these classes of advances shall
open a ledger account in the name
of the institution for whom any
payment is made, and all advances
and recoveries shall be posted to
that account.
Regulation 622—Budgetary
Authority.
(1) In addition to authorising the
administration of any class of
advance, the authority of the
Senior Principal Secretary shall
be required for the undertaking of
any service on behalf of another
institution.
(2) That authority shall specify
the terms and conditions upon
which the service may be
performed, including the
collection of any charge for it;
and that authority shall be quoted
on all authorities to pay an
advance and on all payment
vouchers.
Regulation 623—Authority to
Undertake Services.
A
copy of the authority to undertake
services shall be forwarded to the
Controller and Accountant-General
who shall assign account numbers;
and a copy shall also be sent to
the Auditor General.
Regulation 624—Claims for
Recovery.
The administrative authority shall
promptly issue claims for
reimbursement in accordance with
the terms of the governing
agreement, supported by such
detail of the original payment as
may be required by the institution
concerned and specified by the
agreement.
Regulation 625—Offsetting Credits.
If an agreement provides for
offsetting credits to be made to
the advance account in respect of
payments due from government to
the institution concerned, the
officer administering advances
shall be responsible for
initiating a journal entry in
accordance with regulation 329;
and the spending officer concerned
shall accept the charge, and the
institution concerned shall be
given details of the credit made.
Regulation 626—Monthly Statements.
(1) The officer administering
advances shall issue a monthly
statement of account to the
institution concerned, in addition
to the individual claims.
(2) The head of department should
report cases of delay in effecting
recovery to the Senior Principal
Secretary, who may direct
suspension or discontinuance of
the service.
Regulation 627—Annual Reports.
Head of departments shall include
a statement of services performed
on behalf of other agencies in
their annual reports submitted in
accordance with regulation 115.
Regulation 628—General or Specific
Loans.
Loans from the Consolidated Fund
shall be either:
(a) general classes of loans,
issued in accordance with an
approved loan scheme, or
(b) specific loans to be approved
by the Government as a matter of
policy in particular cases.
Regulation 629—General Classes of
Loans.
A
general class of loans shall be
approved, administered and
accounted for according to the
procedures for advances as laid
down in regulations 555 to 595.
Regulation 630—Specific Loans.
(1) A specific loan shall require
the approval of the Government
sought through the Senior
Principal Secretary.
(2) the approval shall be sought
in two stages by:
(a) authority to negotiate a loan;
(b) ratification of the loan
agreement.
Regulation 631—Authority to
Negotiate a Loan.
(1) Proposals for the granting of
a specific loan shall be submitted
to the Government through the
Senior Principal Secretary,
together with recommendation
relating to the terms and
conditions to be negotiated.
(2) Authority to negotiate may be
given together with any directions
of the Government regarding terms
and conditions to be included in
the agreement.
Regulation 632—Ratification of a
Loan.
(1) According to the term of
reference given, the agreement
shall be drawn up in consultation
with the Attorney-General.
(2) The agreement shall contain a
clause that after signature by
both parties its terms are subject
to ratification by the Government.
(3) When this ratification is
given, the Senior Principal
Secretary, shall endorse the
agreement accordingly and the loan
shall then be payable.
Regulation 633—Designation of
Administering Authority.
The Senior Principal Secretary
shall forward a copy of the
ratified agreement to the
Controller and Accountant-General,
with a copy to the
Auditor-General, and specify the
authority responsible for
administering the loan.
Regulation 634—Responsibility of
the Administering Authority.
It is the duty of the authority
responsible for administering a
specific loan to:
(a) make payment of the loan;
(b) secure the due and timely
collection of interest and
observance of any other condition;
(c) secure the due and timely
recovery of the loan, in
accordance with the ratified
agreement.
Regulation 635—Payment of Loan.
(1) Payment shall be made by
voucher authorised by the
administering authority, and
quoting the agreement and
ratifying authority as conveyed
under regulation 633.
(2) The voucher shall be forwarded
in the first instance to the
Controller and Accountant-General
who, when he is satisfied that the
payment is in order, shall endorse
the voucher for payment by the
appropriate Treasury Officer.
Regulation 636—Loans Repayable by
Annuity.
In the case of loans repayable by
equal instalments including both
principal and interest, the
supervising collector shall bring
the collection into the
appropriate Consolidated Fund
account, interest being credited
to revenue and the principal to
the loan account.
Regulation 637—Failure to Pay
Interest or Repay Principal.
The administering authority shall
report any failure on the part of
the borrower to pay interest or to
repay principal by due date to
the Senior Principal Secretary.
Regulation 638—Penalty.
Unless the terms of the agreement
shall prescribe some other
penalty, any interest unpaid shall
be added to the principal sum
loaned, and interest at the
prescribed rate shall be charged
thereon.
Regulation 639—Borrower’s
Accounts.
A
borrowing institution shall be
required to submit annually three
copies of its annual audited
accounts to the administering
authority, and one copy of these
accounts shall be forwarded to the
Controller and Accountant-General
and to the Auditor General.
Regulation 640—Statement of Public
Accounts.
(1) The Controller and
Accountant-General shall, in his
Annual Statement of the Public
Accounts rendered in accordance
with section 40 of the Financial
Administration Decree, 1979,
include detailed statements of
loans from the Consolidated Fund
as follows:
(a) in the case of general classes
of loans, an aggregated statement
of loans on each class according
to the administering authority;
(b) in the case of specific loans,
a detailed statement of each loan,
quoting the original agreement and
the administering authority, and
the balance of principal
outstanding at the close of each
financial year.
(2) In his report, the Controller
and Accountant-General shall draw
attention to any failure to
recover interest or principal.
Regulation 641—Proposals.
(1) Proposals for the
establishment or purchase of stock
or shares in any institution shall
be submitted to the Senior
Principal Secretary for the
approval of Government, quoting
the appropriate enactment.
(2) The proposals shall give such
information as the Senior
Principal Secretary may require
and shall include copies of any
prospectus, accounts or
investigation of financial affairs
of the institution concerned; and
the proposal must indicate the
proportion of the equity to be
acquired.
Regulation 642—Approval of
Investment.
If a proposal is approved, the
Senior Principal Secretary shall
inform the Controller and
Accountant-General of the proposed
purchase, designate the
administering authority and
forward a copy of any agreement
made in connection with the
acquisition; and a copy shall be
sent to the Auditor-General.
Regulation 643—Responsibility of
the Administering Authority.
It shall be the responsibility of
the authority administering an
equity investment:
(a) to subject to any direction of
the Government, act on its behalf
in the exercise of ownership
rights;
(b) to protect the public interest
in the operation of the
institution concerned;
(c) to receive the accounts of the
institution concerned and draw the
attention of the Government to any
matters arising;
(d) to lodge and keep stock and
share certificates in safe
custody;
(e) to ensure the due collection
of profits and their lodgement
into the Consolidated Fund.
Regulation 644—Acquisition of
Shares.
(1) The voucher for the purchase
price, or the journal entry
relating to acquisition by any
other means, shall be forwarded to
the Controller and
Accountant-General, quoting the
authority given under regulation
642.
(2) The administering authority
shall also report arrangements to
be made for receiving the relevant
stock or share certificates.
(3) Where the Controller and
Accountant-General is satisfied
that the voucher is in order, he
shall endorse it and pass it to
the appropriate Treasury Officer
for payment or entry.
Regulation 645—Certificate of
Share-holding.
(1) As soon as the stock or share
certificates shall have been
received, the administering
authority shall forward a
Certificate of Holding to the
Controller and Accountant-General
and the Auditor-General.
(2) The holding shall be checked
on the last working day of each
subsequent financial year by the
administering authority and a new
Certificate of Holding should be
forwarded to these officers.
Regulation 646—Holdings Subject to
Verification.
Stock or share certificates shall
be produced for examination by the
Controller and Accountant-General
or the Auditor-General as may be
required by them.
Regulation 647—Budgetary Control.
The administering authority shall
report to the Senior Principal
Secretary:
(a) a forecast of dividends to be
included in Consolidated Fund
Revenue each year;
(b) any failure of the institution
to present audited accounts;
(c) any delay in the distribution
of profits;
(d) any shortfall in profits and
the reasons for it;
(e) any unsatisfactory features of
the institution's operations
likely to endanger Government's
investment;
(f) any directions or
representations made to the
institutions in the capacity of
owner.
Regulation 648—Annual Accounts.
The administering authority shall
ensure that copies of the annual
audited accounts are forwarded to
the Controller and Accountant-
General and to the Auditor-General
and the administering authority
shall confirm to the Senior
Principal Secretary that
Government's interest is correctly
reflected in the accounts of the
institutions concerned and in the
public accounts, and shall report
any unsatisfactory features
reflected in the accounts in
question.
Regulation 649—Annual Reports.
The administering authority shall
include a report on the operation
of equity interests in his charge
in the annual report submitted in
accordance with regulation 115.
Regulation 650—Statement of the
Public Accounts.
(1) The Controller and
Accountant-General shall include a
statement of all Government equity
interests in the Annual Statement
of the Public Accounts submitted
in accordance with section 40 of
the Financial Administration
Decree, 1979.
(2) The statement shall show, in
respect of each institution:
(a) the full title of the
institution;
(b) the administering authority;
(c) the form and value of
Government's investment;
(d) the proportion of the equity
held;
(e) the date of the latest annual
audited accounts received from the
institution.
PART XII—PUBLIC SUPPLIES AND
EQUIPMENT
Regulation 651—Budgetary
Implications.
The procurement of public supplies
and equipment and their use is an
internal part of budgetary
management and it shall be the
responsibility of those officers
charged with the duties of
exercising financial control on
behalf of the Government to ensure
that purchases are made and
applied to public purpose in the
most economical way.
Regulation 652—Chief Authority.
Subject to the directions of the
Government, the Senior Principal
Secretary shall be the chief
authority relating to the
procurement and use of public
supplies and equipment.
Regulation 653—The Supply
Function.
The Senior Principal Secretary
shall be assisted in the discharge
of his functions under these
regulations by the Director of
Supply who shall be responsible
for the general supervision of the
provisioning, procurement,
control, storage, care,
distribution and accounting of
Government supplies, stores,
materials equipment and other
movable property.
Regulation 654—Duties of The
Director of Supply.
the Director of Supply shall:
(a) be the chief adviser to
Government and heads of
departments on supply and
materials management matters;
(b) approve all departmental
instructions relating to supply
and materials management;
(c) in consultation with the
Controller and Accountant-General,
and subject to his concurrences in
matters affecting financial
accounting, approve all
Departmental Accounting
Instructions pertaining to supply
and materials management;
(d) promote the development of
efficient supply and materials
management systems in all
Government departments
Regulation 655—Responsibility of
the Controller and
Accountant-General.
It is the responsibility of the
Controller and Accountant-General
to ensure that:
(a) payments are made only for
purchases in accordance with these
regulations and any instructions
laid down by the Director of
Supply;
(b) Departmental Accounting
Instructions include adequate
provision for the financial
control of purchasing;
(c) in consultation with the
Director of Supply, there is
proper integration of financial
and supply accounts.
Regulation 656—Duties of the
Supply and Materials Management
Class.
The Supply and Materials
Management Class, a general class
of the Ghana Civil Service
established under the Civil
Service Act, 1960 (C.A. 5.), shall
be responsible for:
(a) the design, management and
operation of public service supply
and materials management system;
(b) the provision of supply and
materials management services for
government departments.
Regulation 657—Posting of the
Supply and Materials Management
Class.
(1) The Director of Supply, as
head of the Supply and Materials
Management Class, is responsible
for the training and posting of
its officers either to his own
Inspectorate or to other
departments of the public Service.
(2) Requests for the posting of
Supply and Materials Management
Class staff to any department
shall be addressed by the head of
that department direct to the
Director of Supply.
Regulation 658—Supply and Stores
Inspectorate.
Staff of the Supply and Stores
Inspectorate of the Ministry of
Finance are authorised to:
(a) require the production of
accounting records for inspections
under regulation 1;
(b) call for information
pertaining to supplies and
materials management from
departments under regulation 29;
(c) undertake physical
verification of stocks and
accounts in any department at any
time.
Regulation 659—Supply Staff in
Departments.
Members of the supply and
Materials Management Class posted
to government departments shall be
responsible to the head of
department concerned for the due
and proper performance of the
duties assigned to them, although
such members have the right to
consult the Director of Supply on
matters pertaining to supply and
materials management procedures.
Regulation 660—Discipline of
Supply Staff in Departments.
Disciplinary action against
members of the supply and
Materials Management Class
stationed in departments may be
taken in consultation with the
Director of Supply.
Regulation 661—Supervision of the
work of Supply Staff.
The senior member of the Supply
and Materials Managements Class
stationed within a department
shall be responsible for general
supervision of all other members
of the class within the department
and shall be responsible for the
maintenance of satisfactory
standards of performance.
Regulation 662—Responsibility of a
Head of Department.
A
head of department shall be
accountable for the proper care,
custody and use of the public
supplies and equipment from the
time of acquisition until they
have been used or otherwise
disposed of in accordance with
these regulations.
Regulation 663—Delegation
(1) A head of department may
delegate responsibilities in
relation to the control of public
supplies and equipment to his
chief financial officer as laid
down in regulation 286.
(2) The latter may in turn
sub-delegate responsibilities to a
departmental supply officer
directly responsible to him.
Regulation 664—Acquisition of
Supplies and Equipment.
Public supplies and equipment may
be acquired by:
(a) purchase from appropriation of
the Consolidated Fund;
(b) purchase from deposits or
other trust moneys in accordance
with the governing regulations,
agreement or trust deed;
(c) growth, manufacture or
construction by the department;
(d) donation by any person or
institution.
However, acquired, all supplies
and equipment shall be controlled
in accordance with these
regulations.
Regulation 665—Disposal in the
Normal Course of Business.
Accountability in the normal
course of public business shall be
satisfied when:
(a) supplies have been used up and
consumed, with records showing how
and for what purpose they have
been so used;
(b) equipment or durable stores
have been worn out by fair wear
and tear in the discharge of
public business and disposal have
been duly authorised under these
regulations;
(c) serviceable supplies and
equipment have been sold or
transferred as authorised under
these regulations.
Regulation 666—Duty to Supply.
It is the duty of a head of
department to ensure that the
staff of his department are
provided with the supplies and
equipment necessary for the proper
execution of the projects and
services for which he is
responsible.
Regulation 667—Supply and
Equipment Schedules.
(1) Each head of department is
required by regulation 34 to draw
up supply and equipment schedules
for his department in the course
of preparing his annual estimates.
(2) These schedules shall be
prepared in consultation with the
Director of Supply and shall
conform to any instruction issued
by him.
Regulation 668—Supply Schedules.
Supply schedules shall show the
quantities and estimated value of
materials required for the use of
the department during the budget
year, and shall include all items
of which the aggregate
departmental requirement for any
one financial year shall exceed
¢500.
Regulation 669—Form of Schedule.
The form of the schedule required
for any particular department
shall be approved by the Director
of Supply, but the source of
normal supply shall be shown
against each item scheduled.
Regulation 670—Sources of Normal
Supply.
Supplies for the use of Government
departments shall normally be
obtained from the following
sources:
(a) by indent on the Ghana Supply
Commission;
(b) by requisition on common user
stocks held in designated
government departments;
(c) by departmental purchase from
any other supplier.
Regulation 671—Equipment
Schedules.
Equipment schedules shall show
items currently held and their
condition including age and
serviceability as well as new
requirements, which shall indicate
whether they are replacement or
additional requirements.
Regulation 672—Explanatory
Reports.
Budget applications for new
equipment shall be supported by an
explanatory memorandum showing:
(a) the extent to which the
suitability of the equipment has
been tested for use;
(b) the availability of
maintenance facilities, including
spare parts;
(c) the availability of trained
operators.
Regulation 673—Submission of
Schedules.
Copies of the supply and equipment
schedules shall be submitted to
the Senior Principal Secretary
with the draft estimates of the
department. Such additional copies
shall be forwarded to the Director
of Supply as he may require.
Regulation 674—Ghana Supply
Commission.
The Ghana Supply Commission is the
principal purchasing agent of
Government and, except as provided
for in these regulations, all
supplies and equipment required
for departmental use must be
obtained by indent on the
Commission.
Regulation 675—Common User Stores.
(1) The Senior Principal Secretary
may, in consultation with
the Director of Supply and the
Ghana Supply Commission, designate
particular items of stores
as being in common use and shall
specify the department
to be responsible for placing
orders and holding stocks for use
by all departments.
(2) All other departments shall
requisition for their requirements
on the specified department, and
not indent on the Ghana Supply
Commission.
Regulation 676—Departmental
Purchases.
(1) A head of department, or any
spending officer appointed by him,
may authorise the purchase of
supplies and equipment in the
following circumstances:
(a) where items have been listed
in approved supply and
equipment schedules are procu-
rable by departmental purchase;
(b) where items have been
unscheduled because the aggre
gate annual purchase by the
department is less than ¢500;
(c) where the Ghana Supply
Commission has, under a
contractual arrangement,
designated certain suppliers and
the price to be paid;
(d) where the Ghana Supply
Commission or the common user
stockholder, as the case may be,
has issued a certificate that a
specific order cannot be fulfilled
within a period of 30 days;
(e) where the head of department
has authorised an emer
gency purchase under regulation
687.
(2) Such departmental purchases
shall be subjected to the
instructions laid down in the next
following section of these
regulations.
Regulation 677—Supply
Instructions.
The Ghana Supply Commission or the
common user stock holder
shall issue instructions for
provisioning, the placing of
indents or orders, and the
delivery of supplies.
Regulation 678—Funds to be
Available Before Ordering.
Except as provided for in
regulation 48, no indent,
requisition or purchase order
may be issued unless funds are
available under a Financial
Encumbrance, and such documents
shall be endorsed with the F.E.
number and a certificate that
funds are available to meet
theestimated cost of deliveries.
Regulation 679—Forward
Commitments.
(1) Indents or orders placed under
regulation 48 shall be coun
tersigned by the Senior Principal
Secretary or an officer deputed by
him.
(2) Records shall be kept of such
authorisations and a head of
department shall endorse that the
commitment is duly recorded
against an F.E. immediately
appropriations have been made
available.
Regulation 680—Purpose of Orders.
All indents, requisitions or
purchases orders shall indicate
whether the supplies or equipment
are required for stock or for of
immediate use.
Regulation 681—Timing of Orders.
(1) Heads of departments shall
ensure that deliveries are
arranged where and when they are
required for use; and in
particular, heads of departments
shall inform the Ghana Supply
Commission or a common user
stockholder when abnormally large
deliveries will be wanted at
specific times.
(2) In the absence of
representations to the contrary,
those suppliers are entitled to
assume that supplies will be
required by equal monthly
deliveries.
Regulation 682—Authority for
Purchasing.
Payments for departmental
purchases shall quote the relevant
subsection of regulation 676 under
which the purchase has been made,
and:
(i) in the case of regulation 676
(1) (a), (b) and (c), quote the
schedule/instruction applicable;
(ii) in the case of regulation 676
(1) (d) and (e), attach the
appropriate authority.
Regulation 683—Authorising
Officers.
(1) Departmental purchases may be
authorised as follows:
(i) up to ¢100 in value, by an
officer to whom authority has been
delegated under regulation 227 (1)
(a);
(ii) up to ¢250 in value by any
spending officer appointed under
regulation 221 or 224;
(iii) up to ¢500 in value, any
head of department or Chief
Financial Officer to whom
responsibility for supply control
has been delegated under
regulation 663.
(2) Such powers shall be exercised
personally by the specified
officers and may not be delegated.
Regulation 684—Application of
Limits.
The limits specified in regulation
683 shall be related to the
aggregate purchases for any
particular unit or service
controlled by a single spending
officer within any period of 30
days.
Regulation 685—Variation of
Limits.
The Senior Principal Secretary
may, in consultation with the
Director of Supply, approve
general variation of the limits
laid down in regulation 683 for
particular departments, and any
such variation shall be recorded
in Departmental Accounting
Instructions.
Regulation 686—Purchase from
Designated Suppliers.
Where purchases are made under
authority of regulation 676
(1)(c), the provisions of
regulation 684 need not be
applied.
Regulation 687—Emergency
Purchases.
If a head of department considers
that a purchase outside the
limits laid down in regulation
683, or outside the circumstances
provided for in regulation
676(1)(a) to (d), is urgently
required, and that application of
the ordinary purchasing procedure
would be contrary to the public
interest, he may authorise the
purchase, accordingly under this
regulation; and this authority
shall be exercised personally by
the head of department and may not
be delegated.
Regulation 688—Reporting of
Emergency Purchases.
(1) As soon as possible after the
purchase, the head of department
shall direct an investigation to
be made into the circumstances in
which the emergency arose and
action that might be taken to
prevent repetition.
(2) If it is found that the
emergency was caused by failure to
report depletion of stocks, or
other fault or negligence of any
public officer, disciplinary
action shall be taken against the
officer or officers concerned.
(3) The head of department shall
report the result of his
investigations to the Senior
Principal Secretary, with copies
to the Director of Supply, the
Controller and Accountant-General
and the Auditor General.
Regulation 689—Purchasing
Procedure.
Departmental purchases under these
regulations are not subject to a
formal tender procedure, but the
purchasing officer shall, where
practicable, obtain alternative
quotations from different
suppliers and shall make his
purchase from the most favourable
source.
Regulation 690—Cash on Delivery.
(1) If a supplier stipulates the
requirements of cash payment on
delivery, and the sum involved is
such as to preclude payment from
imprest, the payment voucher shall
be prepared on the basis of a
proforma invoice and endorsed
"C.O.D. Purchase".
(2) The true invoice and the
certificate of receipt of supplies
shall be attached to the
receipted duplicate voucher
returned to the Treasury
Officer as required by regulation
266.
Regulation 691—Used Equipment.
If purchase of used equipment is
to be made on the basis of a
negotiated price, the purcha-sing
officer shall obtain an
independent valuation by a
competent technical officer; and
the valuation certificate shall be
attached to the relevant payment
voucher.
Regulation 692—Establishment of
Stocks.
A
head of department shall establish
such main, regional, dis trict
or working stocks as shall be
sufficient to maintain a smooth
and economical flow of supplies
for the discharge of public
business.
Regulation 693—Approval for the
Holding of Stocks.
(1) The authority of the Senior
Principal Secretary shall be
required for the establishment of
main, regional or district stocks,
and shall specify:
(a) items and size of stocks to be
held;
(b) whether stocks are to be
allocated or unallocated.
(2) The Auditor-General shall be
informed of all stocks approved.
Regulation 694—Applications.
Applications for the establishment
of stocks shall be forwarded
through the Director of Supply,
and shall give full details of the
items to be held, the units to be
supplied and statistics of past
usage.
Regulation 695—Stock Accounts.
Stock accounts shall be maintained
in accordance with rules laid down
in Departmental Accounting
Instructions, but such rules shall
contain provision for—
(a) record of orders placed for
re-stocking;
(b) record of requisitions on the
stock unfulfilled or outstanding
at any time;
(c) approved maximum, re-order and
minimum stock levels;
(d) arrangements for the control
of issues and the supervision of
stock accounts.
Regulation 696—Duties of
Stock-holders.
Departmental Accounting
Instructions shall designate the
officer to be stockholder for each
stock who shall be responsible
for:
(a) supervising the operation of
the stock and ensuring that issues
are made only on properly
authorised requisition;
(b) maintaining stocks at the
authorised levels;
(c) ensuring that stocks held are
kept securely and in good
condition.
Regulation 697—Prices to be Noted.
Where stock accounts are kept by
quantities only, a note of the
purchase price shall be made in
the stock accounts.
Regulation 698—Stock-taking.
At the close of each financial
year, the head of department
shall arrange for stocking of all
stocks held by his department; and
the stock-taking shall be carried
out by officers other than those
immediately responsible for
operation of the stock.
Regulation 699—Stock Schedules.
(1) The stockholder shall prepare
a schedule of stock held at the
time at the stock-taking, showing
both quantities and value of items
held, and the stock-taking
officers shall verify this
schedule against stock records and
stocks held.
(2) They will report to the head
of department, with a copy to the
Director of Supply, forwarding
copies of the Schedule and noting
any discrepancies found.
Regulation 700—Degree of Check.
With the prior approval of the
Director of Supply the annual
stock- taking may be
conducted in test if a system of
continuous stock verification is
in force.
Regulation 701—Annual Report.
The head of a department shall
report annually on the value of
stocks held by his department in
his annual financial report
prepared in accordance with
regulation 98.
Regulation 702—Working Stocks.
(1) Regulations 693 to 701 shall
not apply to working stocks, which
are small stocks held immediately
available for use at the work
site, and the officer
in charge of the work shall be
responsible for the care and
custody of such working stocks and
their proper use.
(2) Departmental Accounting
Instructions shall lay down any
detailed accounting rules
that the head of department may
deem necessary.
Regulation 703—Prevention of
Over-issue.
A
stockholder shall ensure that
issues are made only as may be
required for public
business, and shall not allow
working stocks in the hands of
requisitioning officers to build
up beyond the needs of day- to-day
business.
Regulation 704—Usage Records.
(1) Departmental Accounting
Instructions shall provide for an
adequate system of record
keeping by officers using
supplies, so that comparison may
be made between issues made and
the work done.
(2) Where issues are made to units
of his own department, a stock-
holder should institute a regulate
scrutiny of such records, and may
withhold issues if he is not
satisfied that proper records are
being kept.
Regulation 705—Issues to Other
Government Departments.
(1) Where supplies are being
issued to another government
department, the stockholder shall
satisfy himself that:
(a) the requisition has been
signed by an officer authorised to
do so;
(b) the requisition is made within
the limits of normal supply in
that:
(i) supplies are not intended for
the build-up of unauthorised
stocks;
(ii) quantities are within the
limits of the original supply
programme or have been otherwise
pre-arranged.
(2) The stockholder may reject or
reduce requisitions if he is not
satisfied on these points; if the
requisition is likely to deplete
his stocks, he may defer issue
until he has himself secured
replenishment.
Regulation 706—Departmental
Responsibility for Proper Use.
The requisitioning department
shall be responsible for the
proper use of supplies and for
applying regulation 704 according
to the requirements of its own
business.
Regulation 707—Care and Custody.
A
head of department is generally
responsible for the care and
custody of equipment held by his
staff and is particularly
responsible for:
(a) keeping accurate records of
equipment held, its location and
the officer in immediate charge of
it at any time;
(b) ensuring that the equipment is
kept in proper working condition
by:
(i) regular inspection and
maintenance;
(ii) restriction of use to trained
and authorised operators.
(c) keeping records of the use of
equipment to ensure economical
working and to prevent
unauthorised use.
Regulation 708—Service States.
(1) A head of department shall
arrange for regular reporting of
the serviceability of equipment
held within his department.
(2) Any equipment becoming
unserviceable for more than five
working days shall be reported and
the reasons for unserviceability
explained.
Regulation 709—Loss or Damage to
Equipment.
(1) Any accident to equipment, by
which it becomes unserviceable for
more than five working days, shall
be treated as a loss under Part
XIII of these regulations.
(2) The term accident shall
include:
(a) damage arising by reason of
any negligence of the operator;
(b) breakdown occurring while
equipment was in charge of an
unauthorised operator;
(c) breakdown arising from failure
to carry out proper maintenance.
Regulation 710—Worn-out Equipment.
(1) Equipment becoming permanently
unserviceable or reaching a state
in which it cannot be used
economically or safely, shall be
taken out of use and placed in
secure custody.
(2) This shall be reported to the
head of department who shall
initiate action for its disposal.
Regulation 711—Disposal Subject to
these Regulations.
Supplies and equipment procured
for the use of a department shall
be used by that department, and
may not be disposed of in any
other way except as provided for
in these regulations.
Regulation 712—Sales to the
Public.
(1) Any proposals for the sale of
public suppliers or to the
hiring of equipment to
members of the public in the
ordinary course of business shall
be submitted to the Senior
Principal Secretary for approval
of the Government.
(2) The proposal, which shall be
copied to the Controller and
Accountant-General, shall include
the following information:
(a) the public purpose to be
served by the arrangement;
(b) method of pricing sale and the
authority for fixing prices;
(c) a forecast of financial
implications in terms of outlay
and recoveries;
(d) accounting arrangement
necessary, including the use of
manufacturing accounts or
revolving funds;
(e) the form of operating accounts
in the departmental annual
reports.
Regulation 713—Approved Schemes.
The approved arrangements for any
scheme of sales to the public
shall be incorporated in
Departmental Accounting
Instructions.
Regulation 714—Surplus Stores and
Equipment.
(1) Heads of departments shall
arrange for periodic surveys of
all stocks and equipment held by
their departments to ascertain
whether any items have become
surplus to requirements.
(2) The results of each survey
shall be reported to the Senior
Principal Secretary with a
copy to the Director of Supply.
(3) The reasons for items becoming
surplus shall be explained and
recommendations submitted on the
means of disposal.
Regulation 715—Methods of
Disposal.
The Senior Principal Secretary may
authorise disposal by any of the
following means:
(a) transfer to other government
departments, with or without
financial adjustment as he may
direct;
(b) sale by public tender;
(c) sale by public auction,
subject to any reserve price
stipulated by him;
(d) sale to the public at an
authorised valuation.
Regulation 716—Authority
Delegated.
(1) The Senior Principal Secretary
may delegate authority to dispose
of surplus stores as laid down in
regulation 715 as follows:
(a) in the case of items whose
original price was less than ¢100,
and aggregate disposals in any
period of 30 days do not exceed
¢250, the authority for disposal
may be the head of department;
(b) in the case of items whose
original price was less than ¢200,
and aggregate disposals for any
one department do not exceed ¢500
in any period of 30 days, the
authority for disposal may be the
Director of Supply.
(2) These delegated powers shall
be exercised personally by the
specified officers and may not be
further delegated.
Regulation 717—Authority to Lend.
(1) Public supplies and equipment
shall not be lent to any person or
institution except under
arrangements to be approved by the
Senior Principal Secretary.
(2) This restriction does not
apply to:
(a) equipment held by the
department and issued to
individual officers for a public
purpose for use and return on
achievement of that purpose;
(b) occasional services by one
department on behalf of another;
and equipment thus made available
for use shall be under the control
of the lending department's
operators; and the loan of
supplies shall be properly
recorded in the accounts of both
departments.
Regulation 718—Unserviceable
Stores.
Equipment which has been taken out
of use in accordance with
regulation 710, or other durable
stores which have become
unserviceable in the normal course
of business, shall be disposed of
as quickly as possible, with due
precautions taken against
irregular use.
Regulation 719—Instructions for
Disposal.
Detailed instructions relating to
the disposal of unserviceable
stores and equipment shall be
issued by the Director of Supply.
Regulation 720—Authorities for
Disposal.
(1) Subject to the due observance
of the instructions issued under
regulation 719, the disposal of
stores and equipment which have
become unserviceable by reason of
fair wear and tear may be
authorised as follows:
(a) items whose initial price was
less than ¢25, by any officer on a
salary range of R.60 or above and
specified in Departmental
Accounting Instructions;
(b) items whose initial price was
less than ¢25, by a head of
department;
(c) items whose initial price was
less than ¢500, by the Director of
Supply;
(d) items in excess of an initial
price of ¢500, by the Senior
Principal Secretary.
(2) Powers to authorise disposal
of unserviceable stores shall be
exercised personally by the
specified officers and may not be
further delegated.
Regulation 721—Cases of Loss.
(1) These authorities apply only
to stores becoming unserviceable
in normal use and shall not apply
to—
(a) items that have deteriorated
or been damaged while in stock;
(b) items that have become damaged
by accident, fire or
storm, or by the attack of
insects, rats or other pests.
(c) items that have become
unserviceable in less than a
normal period of use, by reason of
unsuitability for the work of
other causes.
(2) Such cases shall be treated as
losses in accordance with
procedures laid down in Part XIII
of these regulations.
Regulation 722—Pricing.
(1) For the purpose of these
regulations the initial price
shall be the invoiced
costs plus 15 per cent to cover
departmental overheads; and
in the absence of information
relating to the invoiced cost, an
estimated costs shall be used.
(2) This estimate shall be subject
to any objection raised by the
Director of Supply or by the
Auditor-General.
PART XIII—LOSSES
Regulation 723—Definition of Loss.
A
loss shall be deemed to have
occurred when the government
is deprived of the use
of any public or trust moneys,
public property, stores
or any other financial or physical
asset other -wise than in the
normal course of public business.
Regulation 724—Responsibility of
the Head of Department.
When a loss as defined in these
regulation has been brought to
notice, it is the duty
of the head of department
responsible to investigate the
circumstances of the loss in order
to:
(a) ascertain the extent and
amount of the loss;
(b) determine whether control or
operational arrangements
need to be improved in order to
prevent the occurrence of similar
losses in his own, or in any other
department;
(c) discover whether any offence
or other fault of a public officer
has been revealed by the loss.
Regulation 725—Disclosure of
Offences.
The investigation of loss cases
does not constitute a disciplinary
enquiry; and if it is found that
an offence may have been
committed, it shall be dealt with
separately by:
(a) the Police, if a criminal
offence is involved;
(b) the disciplinary authority as
appointed under the Civil Service
Act, 1960 (C.A. 5) if a breach of
discipline is involved.
Regulation 726—Discovery and
Declaration of Losses.
A
loss may be brought to notice by:
(a) the discovery of any
deficiency within his accounts by
any vote controller, Treasury
Officer, imprest holder,
collector, stockholder, spending
or paying officer;
(b) declaration that a loss has
occurred by any one of the
following:
(i) Senior Principal Secretary;
(ii) Controller and
Accountant-General;
(iii) Director of Supply;
(iv) Auditor-General or any
persons who are deputies of the
said officers respectively.
Regulation 727—Authorities for
Disposal of Loss Cases.
(1) The detailed procedures to be
followed in reporting,
investigation, acting upon and
disposing of loss cases shall,
subject to any variation arising
from the nature of the loss, be
determined by the finally
ascertained value of the loss; and
according to this value, the
authority for disposal of loss
cases shall be:
(a) losses up ¢50 in value—the
head of department concerned;
(b) losses up ¢250 in value—the
head of ministry;
(c) losses up ¢500 in value—the
Director of Supply (in respect of
stores losses) and the Controller
and Accountant-General (in respect
of other losses);
(d) losses up to ¢1,000 in
value—the Senior Principal
Secretary;
(e) losses in excess of ¢1,000—the
Senior Principal Secretary;
acting on behalf of the
Government.
(2) These powers shall be
exercised personally by the
specified officers and may not be
delegated.
Regulation 728—Application of
Limits.
The limits laid down relate to
each separate incident of loss or,
if the losses concerned relate to
a series of similar incidents in
the same operating unit,
such as in the case of pilfering
or irrecoverable advances, the
limits shall apply to the
aggregate of such losses within
any period of thirty days.
Regulation 729—Duty of the
Disposal Authority.
It shall be the duty of the
disposal authority to:
(a) ensure that adequate
investigation is made of the loss;
(b) direct action to be taken in
rectification of systems,
discipline of staff or recovery of
the loss and to ensure that such
action is taken;
(c) authorise disposal of the case
after complying with paragraphs
(a) and (b) by write-off, allowing
transactions to stand charged or
verifying full recovery, as the
case may be.
Regulation 730—Categories of Loss.
This section defines the
categories of loss to which this
Part relates, and specifies
the classification to be used for
the purpose of reporting and
analysing loss cases.
Regulation 731—Cash Deficiencies.
(1) Any deficiency of cash or
other negotiable instrument shall
be a loss (Class 1), whether it
arises from a simple cash shortage
or from the use of fictitious
entries or vouchers to conceal the
existence of a deficiency; and
this class of loss shall be
further sub-classified according
to the location of the cash,
namely:
(a) Class 1. 1—in the hands of a
Treasury Officer;
(b) Class 1.2—in the hands of an
Imprest Holder;
(c) Class 1.3—in the hands of a
Collector;
(d) Class 1.4—in the hands of a
Paying Officer.
Regulation 732—Revenue Losses.
Losses to Revenue (Class 2) may
arise from:
(a) Class 2.1 Uncollectable
Revenue, when debts due to
government cannot be collected by
reason that the debtor cannot be
traced, or is insolvent.
(b) Class 2.2 Loss of Revenue,
arising from failure to assess or
collect in circumstances which
prelude subsequent assessment or
collection, and includes any loss
of interest caused by delay in
making payments into the
Consolidated Fund or from the
making of irregular advances.
Regulation 733—Expenditure Loss.
Loss to Expenditure (Class 3) may
arise from:
(a) Class 3.1 Irrecoverable
Overpayments, when an excess
payment has been made by error,
and recovery cannot be effected
because the recipient cannot be
traced or is otherwise incapable
of making repayment.
(b) Class 3.2 Nugatory Payments,
which arise in circumstances such
as, the incurrence of a penalty in
which government has been legally
obliged to make payment, but for
which no corresponding receipt of
goods or services has been
derived.
(c) Class 3.3 Improper Payments
are those arising from
transactions that are contrary, to
law, but which do not involve any
offence under the criminal code,
and have been declared to be
improper under regulation 726 (b);
and this class of loss may include
cases of gross waste or
extravagance.
(d) Class 3.4 Excess Expenditure,
is a specia1 case of Improper
Payment which arises when payments
have been made in excess of
approved annual or revised
estimates without the prior
authority of the
Government.
(e) Class 3.5 Fraudulent Payments
are those arising from
transactions which involve a
breach of the criminal code, by
the use of falsified documents or
certificates to steal money or
other property belonging to
government.
Regulation 734—Store Losses.
Losses of stores and equipment
(Class 4) may arise from:
(a) Class 4.1 Unallocated
Stores—Deficiencies, including
fraudulent issues from stock.
(b) Class 4.2 Unallocated
Stores—Damage or Deterioration of
goods in stock.
(c) Class 4.3 Allocated
Stores—Deficiencies, including
fraudulent issues from stock and
issues without proper evidence of
use.
(d) Class 4.4 Allocated
Stores—Damage or Deterioration in
stock.
Class 4.5 Allocated Stores—Loss
by Accident as defined in
regulations 709 and 721 insofar as
they relate to equipment and
stores in use.
Regulation 735—Financial Losses.
Financial Losses (Class 5) may
arise from:
(a) Class 5.1 Irrecoverable
Advances and Loans when moneys due
to government cannot be recovered
by reason of a debtors default.
(b) Class 5.2 Irregular Advances
and Loans when money cannot be
recovered because government can
establish no claim on any person
or institution as in the case of
expenditure wrongly charged to
advances, or advances and loans
made without agreements for
recovery.
(c) Class 5.3 Reduction of
Financial Asset when any financial
asset has to be written down by
reason of failure or capital
restructuring of an enterprise.
(d) Class 5.4 Losses on Sale of
Securities such losses are
aggregated with gains over the
financial year, and any net loss
written off at year end.
Regulation 736—Miscellaneous
Losses.
Miscellaneous Losses (Class 6) may
arise from:
(a) Class 6.1 Loss of
Value Books dealt with as laid
down in regulations 451 to 456.
(b) Class 6.2 Loss of
Safe Keys dealt with as laid down
in regulation 380.
(c) Class 6.3
Irrecoverable Claims dealt with as
laid down in regulation 783.
Regulation 737—Exclusions.
The following are not losses and
the provision of this Part do not
apply to:
(a) stores and equipment becoming
unserviceable through fair wear
and tear and disposed of as laid
down in regulation 720.
(b) arrears of revenue,
outstanding claims, outstanding
advance or loan recoveries, or
over-payments until such time as
they may be declared to be
irrecoverable or uncollectable in
accordance with regulation 726
(b);
(c) wasteful and extravagant
expenditure unless, a declaratory
authority under regulation 726 (b)
shall deem the case so bad as to
constitute an improper payment;
(d) ex gratia payments approved by
proper authority;
(e) fraudulent withdrawals from a
government bank account, which
shall be adjusted to
"Advances-Claims" in the name of
the bank;
(f) revenue remitted under
authority of section 10 of the
Financial Administration Decree,
1979;
(g) normal wastage of stores
subject to evaporation or loss of
weight during storage, subject to
specified limits of normal wastage
laid down in Departmental
Accounting Instructions.
Regulation 738—Discovery of Loss.
Any officer discovering a loss, or
suspecting that he has discovered
a loss, shall immediately report
the matter to his local head of
department; and failure to make
this immediate report shall be
deemed to be a breach of
discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 739—Initial
Investigation.
(1) The local head of department
shall be responsible for
investigation and action on the
loss until such time as
alternative instructions are
issued by his head of department.
(2) The local head shall
investigate the matter to confirm
the facts of loss, and if he is
satisfied that a loss has
occurred, shall:
(a) place any accounts, vouchers
or other relevant records into
safe custody and make any
alternative arrangements
immediately necessary for the
conduct of further business;
(b) if the circumstances of the
loss are such as to indicate the
likelihood that a criminal offence
has occurred, report them to the
Police;
(c) if the value of the loss
exceeds, or if unknown is likely
to exceed ¢10, prepare a Loss
Report Form A and forward five
copies to his head of department.
(3) This initial action and
investigation shall be completed
within 48 hours of the discovery
and report of the loss.
Regulation 740—Discovery on
Inspection.
(1) If a loss is discovered by an
officer of a department other than
that in which the loss occurred,
the initial report shall be made
to his own local head of
department who shall make such
further investigation as he deems
necessary.
(2) When he is satisfied that a
loss has occurred, the local head
of the inspecting department,
shall report the matter to the
local or regional head of the
department concerned in the loss,
or to its head of department, as
may be thought fit. The
departmental officer to whom such
report is made shall then be
responsible for initial action as
laid down in regulation 739.
Regulation 741—Initial Action by
Head of Department.
When the head of department
receives the five copies of the
Loss Report Form A, he shall
register the loss, record the
registration number on all copies
and distribute four of the copies
to the following:
(a) his head of ministry;
(b) the Controller and
Accountant-General;
(c) the Director of Supply or
Senior Principal Secretary, and
(d) the Auditor-General.
Regulation 742—Progress Report.
Thereafter, the authority
responsible for investigating and
dealing with the loss shall submit
a monthly progress report (Loss
Report Form B) to the head of
department and the addressees
named in regulation 741 until such
time as the loss has been finally
disposed of.
Regulation 743—Content of Progress
Reports.
(1) Progress reports shall include
record of action taken to deal
with the loss, or to remedy
defective systems.
(2) Any investigation report may
be attached to or summarised in a
progress report, unless such
report contains matter unsuitable
for general distribution at that
stage of the proceedings as
details of police enquiries, or
the possibility of disciplinary
action.
(3) Reporting officers shall avoid
making statements that might
prejudice the findings of either
the courts or disciplinary
enquiries.
Regulation 744—Local
Investigation.
If the amount of a loss is less
than ¢10, it shall be investigated
by the local head of department,
who shall report findings with his
recommendations to his head of
department.
Regulation 745—Independent
Investigation.
(1) In the case of losses
exceeding ¢10, the head of
department may, and if the loss
exceeds ¢100 he shall, appoint an
independent investigating
officer to report directly to him
on the circumstances of the loss.
(2) If such appointment is made,
responsibility for dealing with
the loss is transferred to the
head of department who shall
there after be responsible for
submitting progress reports as
required by regulation 742.
Regulation 746—Extra-departmental
Investigation.
The head of department may request
his head of Ministry to appoint an
investigating officer from another
department of the Ministry.
Regulation 747—Investigation on
Behalf of the Disposal Authority.
Any of the authorities specified
in regulation 727 may, in respect
of losses falling within their
powers of disposal, issue
directions as to the appointment
of investigating officers and the
conduct of the investigation, and
they may appoint additional
officers to assist the
investigating officer.
Regulation 748—Matters to be
Investigated.
The investigating officer shall
ascertain the facts and report on
the following aspects of the loss,
insofar as they are appropriate to
the particular circumstances of
the case:
(a) the circumstances in which the
loss was discovered, and by whom,
and the immediate action taken by
the local head of department as
laid down in regulation 731.
(b) the circumstances in which the
loss occurred, including an
explanation of the system in
operation at the time and the
success or failure of internal
check or control;
(c) the exact amount of the loss,
including the method of
calculation if this has been
necessary;
(d) whether any breaches of law,
regulations or Departmental
Accounting Instructions came to
notice in the course of the
investigation and the explanations
given by those concerned;
(e) whether these breaches of
regulations were material to the
loss, in that due observance would
have prevented it or limited its
extent;
(f) whether the regulations and
the office system in use would
have been sufficient to prevent
the occurrence of the loss had
they been properly applied;
(g) whether the circumstances of
the loss were specific to the
office concerned or were general
to the department or to the civil
service as a whole.
Regulation 749—Assistance to the
Police.
If a criminal offence is involved,
the investigation officer shall
liaise with the Police
investigators and shall afford
them such assistance as they may
require; and accounts taken into
custody by the Police may be
examined by the investigating
officer in the Police office
holding them.
Regulation 750—Recommendation.
In the light of his findings, the
investigating officer is required
to (1) make reasoned
recommendations as to further
disposal of the case by:
(a) initiation of disciplinary
proceedings;
(b) the development of remedial
administrative or accounting
action;
(2) The investigating officer is
not required either to formulate
charges against any person or to
put forward specific
recommendations as to the systems
to be applied in future.
Regulation 751—Report to be
Factual.
(1) The investigating officer is
primarily concerned with
establishing the facts of the case
and shall so conduct his enquiry
as to avoid giving the impression
that he is prejudging the result.
(2) He shall examine and report on
all relevant aspects and not just
those that point to a particular
conclusion.
Regulation 752—Action by the Head
of Department.
On receipt of the investigating
officer's report the head of
department shall after securing
any further information he may
require, determine the further
action to be taken to deal with
the case:
(a) by initiating disciplinary
action in respect of offences
revealed by the report;
(b) by initiating remedial
administrative or accounting
action to be taken by himself or
by some other authority;
(c) by recovery of the value of
the loss from a financially liable
officer.
Regulation 753—Criminal Offences.
(1) If the report of the
investigating officer has shown
that a criminal offence or
offences, other than those already
reported under regulation 739,
have been committed, the facts of
the case shall be put before the
Police.
(2) No disciplinary action or
proceedings for recovery of the
loss shall be taken against
officers facing criminal charges
until such time as the case has
been dealt with by the court or
the Police have formally indicated
they do not intend to proceed
against the officers concerned.
Regulation 754—Disciplinary
Offences
Disciplinary proceedings shall be
instituted by the head of
department against any officer not
facing criminal charges if the
report of the investigating
officer indicates that
disciplinary offences may have
occurred, whether or not these are
directly connected with the loss.
Regulation 755—Disciplinary
Proceedings to be Completed.
Disciplinary proceedings arising
from a case of loss shall be
completed before final disposal of
the case is approved by an
authority specified in regulation
727.
Regulation 756—Defective Systems.
If the report of the investigating
officer indicates that systems
currently in operation, including
those for the training of staff,
are defective, the head of
department shall consult with the
Controller and Accountant-General
or the Director of Supply, as
appropriate, to consider measures
for rectification.
Regulation 757—Remedial Action to
be Started.
Once action has been agreed upon
and initiated, the loss case may
be submitted for disposal to the
authority concerned.
Regulation 758—Financial Liability
of Officers.
(1) Recovery of the value of a
loss, whether by recovery
proceedings under these
regulations or by a surcharge by
the Auditor-General, constitutes
settlement of a civil claim
against the officer arising from
the loss.
(2) It is not intended to be a
substitute for criminal
prosecution or disciplinary
proceedings; in most cases, claims
against officers arise out of such
proceedings.
Regulation 759—Offer to Repay.
If an officer freely accepts
financial responsibility for a
loss, he may offer to pay the
amount back into the Consolidated
Fund; in which case the authority
responsible for disposal of the
loss may:
(a) accept the offer to repay, if
the disciplinary offence is deemed
to be insufficiently serious to
necessitate further proceedings
against him and may be condoned by
acceptance of the offer to repay;
(b) accept the offer in mitigation
of the offence, the fact of
repayment being considered in
assessing penalty.
Regulation 760—Liability to Repay.
A
public officer may become
personally responsible for
repaying the value of a loss if:
(a) the loss is one falling within
the ambit of section 75 of the
Financial Administration Decree,
1979; or
(b) the loss has been the subject
of disallowance and or surcharge
by the Auditor-General under the
authority of section 9 (1) (b) of
the Audit Service Decree, 1972
(N.R.C.D. 49).
Regulation 761—Monetary Liability.
If a head of department considers
that the report of the
investigating officer shows that
an officer may have received
moneys that he has neither paid
over, accounted for or applied, he
may issue a notice to such officer
or to his personal representative
on behalf of the Controller and
Accountant-General in the manner
prescribed by the Financial
Administration Decree, section 75
(1).
Regulation 762—Order for Recovery.
(1) In the event of the
responsible officer failing to
reply, or giving an unsatisfactory
answer, the head of department
shall:
(a) draw up a statement of account
as prescribed by the Financial
Administration Decree, section 75
(2);
(b) obtain an affidavit as
required by the Financial
Administration Decree, section 75
(4).
(2) Both documents shall be
forwarded to the Controller and
Accountant-General who may make an
order for recovery of the amount
of the loss, certifying the amount
due as required by the Financial
Administration Decree, section 75
(3).
Regulation 763—Recovery.
(1) Where an order for recovery
has been made, the amount shall
then be recovered as a debt due to
government.
(2) The head of department may, if
the officer remains in government
employment, arrange for payment by
instalments as laid down in
regulation 597(1)(d); or else the
documents shall be the basis of a
civil claim against the officer or
his estate.
Regulation 764—Cash Liability for
Loss.
(1) The procedure laid down in
regulations 762 and 763 is
applicable only to moneys or
stores received and held by a
public officer.
(2) If losses arise by reason of
failure to collect, or by a
deficiency occurring after
collection, recovery of the amount
lost may be ordered if it is
established that the loss was
occasioned by an officer's
official misconduct, neglect of
duty or negligence.
(3) In this event, the head of
department shall first initiate
disciplinary proceedings against
the officer concerned; and if he
is found guilty of one of these
offences, the head of department
shall establish and recover the
amount as laid down in regulations
726 and 763.
Regulation 765—Surcharge
Proceedings.
(1) The imposition of a surcharge
by the Auditor-General constitutes
a claim against the officer
concerned, and the head of
department shall immediately
recover the full amount surcharged
from the officer concerned.
(2) Recovery by instalments may
only be made with the approval of
the Senior Principal Secretary.
(3) The imposition of a surcharge
is not a substitute for
disciplinary proceedings, and the
head of department shall consider
the necessity for such proceedings
before disposal of the case.
(4) Recovery by way of surcharge
may be considered grounds for
condonation or mitigation as
defined in regulation 759.
Regulation 766—Completion of
Useful Action.
(1) When action on a loss case has
been completed, and the head of
department is satisfied that no
useful purpose will be served by
further action, he may proceed to
dispose of the case.
(2) If within his own powers, he
may act accordingly, or else, he
shall forward the case with his
recommendations to the appropriate
authority for disposal as laid
down in regulation 727.
Regulation 767—Methods of
Disposal.
Loss cases may be disposed of by
one or other, or any combination,
of the following methods:
(a) by issue of authority to the
Controller and Accountant-General
for the deletion of the financial
asset from the Public Accounts;
(b) by issue of authority for
transactions to stand charged in
the Public Accounts, in cases
where no financial asset account
has been created and no recovery
is contemplated;
(c) by recovery of the amounts
lost;
(d) by closure of the case of the
disposal authority, after full
examination of the facts, is
satisfied that no loss has
occurred.
Regulation 768—Minor Losses.
In the case of losses of less than
¢10 in value, the authority for
disposal shall be conveyed by
letter addressed to the local head
of department concerned.
Regulation 769—Other Losses.
(1) In all other cases, Loss
Report Form C shall be prepared by
the head of department, with
sufficient copies for distribution
to the address mentioned in
regulation 741.
(2) Any investigation or police
reports not already forwarded
shall be attached, together with a
covering memorandum giving brief
details of the case and explaining
the reasons for the action taken
(in the case of disposals under
his own authority) or recommended
(in the case of disposal by higher
authority).
Regulation 770—Disposal Authority.
When disposal authority has been
given signed copies of the Form C
shall be sent to the addresses
specified in regulation 741.
Regulation 771—Write-Off.
When deletion from the accounts
has been approved the head of
department shall initiate the
accounting action required under
regulation 778.
Regulation 772—Quarterly Reports.
(1) Each subordinate disposal
authority shall submit a return at
the end of each March, June,
September and December of all
losses disposed of during the
preceding quarter.
(2) This return shall be sent to
the Senior Principal Secretary,
with copies to the Controller and
Accountant-General, the Director
of Supply and the Auditor-General.
Regulation 773—Adjustments.
Accounting action in cases of loss
may require to be taken in
accordance with regulations 340
and 341.
Regulation 774—Rectification of
Balances.
Any loss causing a discrepancy
between the accounts and cash or
stock held must be immediately
corrected by either;
(a) the preparation of a payment
or unallocated stores issue
voucher charged to an
Advances-Loss account in the name
of the cashier, imprest holder or
store-keeper as the case may be:
or
(b) the preparation of a journal
voucher, debiting an Advances-Loss
account in the name of the
collector, paying officer,
spending officer or stock holder
concerned, and crediting the
appropriate receipts or payments
account.
Regulation 775—Initial Accounting
Action not Required.
The following categories of loss
do not require initial accounting
action by the opening of an
Advances-Loss account:
(a) Class 2.1—Uncollectable
Revenue. The fact of loss is
established at the same time as
deletion is considered.
(b) Class 3.1—Irrecoverable
Overpayments As in (a).
(c) Class 3.3—Improper Payments.
The loss concerned may not affect
the accuracy of the accounts, and
no adjustment may then be
necessary. It will be necessary to
open an Advances-Loss account if:
(i) the loss is from trust moneys
under regulation 495;
(ii) the payment has been
disallowed by the Auditor General;
(iii) the disposal authority
orders adjustment to correct the
accounts.
(d) Class 3.4—Excess Expenditure
As in (c).
(e) Class 4.5—Allocated
Stores—Accidental Loss. No
adjustment is required until the
cost of repairs is known and a
personal liability established,
when adjustment to an advance
account shall be made on the
instructions of the disposal
authority.
Class 5—Financial Losses. Losses
are established at the time of
disposal.
Regulation 776—Revenue and
Expenditure Adjustments.
When an Advance Loss account has
to be established in respect
of revenue or expenditure
losses, the corresponding credit
entries shall be made as follows:
(a) revenue that would have been
receivable in the current
year—credit to the appropriate
revenue account;
(b) expenditure made in the
current year—credit to the
appropriate expenditure account;
(c) revenue or expenditure
relating to previous years—credit
to General Revenue
Balance-Adjustment Account.
Regulation 777—Stores Adjustments.
Where an Advances-Loss account has
to be opened in respect of any
stores loss, the corresponding
credit entry shall be made to
General Revenue Balance-Stores
Adjustments.
Regulation 778—Write Off
When authority to delete
(write-off) any loss from the
accounts has been given, the head
of department shall prepare a
journal voucher in accordance with
regulation 341, attaching a copy
of the authority: and adjustments
made as follows:
(a) where the amount to be written
off is recorded as a financial
asset (an advance, loan or equity
investment):
Dr. General Revenue Balance-losses
Written off.
Cr. The financial asset account
concerned;
(b) where the amount to be
written-off is not recorded as a
financial asset:
Dr. General Revenue Balance-Losses
Written off.
Cr. General Revenue
Balance-Adjustment Account.
Regulation 779—Accounting Record
of Losses.
(1) The General Revenue
Balance—Losses Written Off account
is an account of the Consolidated
Fund under the control of the
Controller and Accountant-General;
it is an account of record only,
and shall not be subject to
control by warrant or Financial
Encumbrance.
(2) The Controller and
Accountant-General shall include a
summary statement of losses
written off during the financial
year in his Annual Statement of
the Public accounts.
Regulation 780—Detailed
Application of Accounting Action.
The detailed application of the
provisions of this section to loss
cases is tabulated in a Schedule
provided at the end of this Part.
Regulation 781—Rulings.
Where any doubt arises on the
correct classification of a loss
or the accounting procedure
required, the directions of the
Controller and Accounted-General
shall be sought.
Regulation 782—Valuation of
Losses.
In the event of losses in which
the amount lost needs to be
calculated, the following rules
shall be applied:
(a) initial value of stores—as
laid down in regulation 722;
(b) value books—as laid down in
regulations 453-455:
(c) loss of interest—the bank rate
of interest as first date on which
the interest could have been
earned;
(d) waste and extravagance—as
calculated in the investigation
report and approved by the
authority for disposal or the
amount disallowed by the
Auditor-General;
(e) damaged or deteriorated
stores—the initial value of
stores (as in (a) above minus any
amounts recovered on disposal.
Disposal authority shall be
related to the gross amount;
(f) safe keys—as laid down in
regulation 380.
Regulation 783—Claims.
(1) Goods that are received
damaged or incomplete and which
are the basis of a claim on
suppliers, insurers or carriers,
do not constitute a loss until
such claims prove irrecoverable.
(2) The value of the claim shall
be initially adjusted to an
Advances—Claims account in the
name of the person or institution
on whom the claim is made.
Regulation 784—Remittances and
Transfers.
Where a loss occurs in any
remittance of cash or transfer of
stores, responsibility for dealing
with the loss shall rest with the
remitting or transferring officer,
unless the recipient has formally
accepted delivery at the office of
remittance or store of issue.
Regulation 785—Investigation of
Bad Debts.
(1) The fact that losses arising
from uncollectable revenue,
irrecoverable overpayments or
irrecoverable claims are declared
at the time to disposal does not
make the prior investigation of
circumstances unnecessary.
(2) Applications for write-off
shall be accompanied by an
investigation report indicating
whether remedial accounting or
other action is necessary.
Regulation 786—Composite Losses.
Where different classes of loss
occur in combination within a
single case of loss, such as a
cash deficiency and loss of
revenue, cash and stores lost from
a safe, the amounts involved shall
be aggregated for the purpose of
determining the disposal
authority. For analysis and
accounting action, the total loss
shall be analysed and dealt with
according to the loss
classification.
Regulation 787—Professional
Authority.
(1) The Controller and
Accountant-General, the Director
of Supply and the Auditor-General
are professionally concerned with
the adequacy of systems and the
efficiency of financial
operations; and for this reasons,
copies of loss reports are
addressed to them as laid down, in
regulation 741.
(3) These authorities have the
right to intervene in the disposal
of any loss case, and may call for
further information to be supplied
or to put forward opinions as to
the action to be taken.
Regulation 788—Authority of The
Auditor-General.
The authorisation of disposal of a
loss case does not prejudice the
right of the Auditor-General to
challenge such disposal.
Regulation 789—Publication of
Significant Findings.
It is the responsibility of the
Controller and Accountant-General
and the Director of Supply to
ensure that matters of
significance arising from the
investigation of losses are
brought to general notice.
SCHEDULE
Accounting action in the event of
Loss Annexure to Part XIII
Class of
Loss
Initial Action Final
Action
1. Cash
Deficiency
1.1 Treasury Officer
(i) Cash shortage: a payment
voucher should be prepared
charging the amount of the
shortage to "Advances-Losses" in
the name of the cashier.
(ii) Fraudulent voucher: a journal
voucher should be prepared
As in FR 607. The write-off entry
will be:Dr General Revenue
Balance—Losses
Written Off
(hereafter GRB—Losses)
Cr Advances—Losses
Dr Advances—Losses in
the name of the T.O. Cr Account
shown on fraudulent voucher.
(Note: this procedure would apply
only to vouchers with a false
authorisation. Otherwise the fraud
is against the spending officer
and should be classified under Cl.
3.5).
1.2 Imprest Holder (i) Cash
shortage: a PVshould be prepared
charging the amount of the
shortage to Advances— Losses in
the name of the Imprest Holder.
The PV should be presented for
recoupment by a new or confirmed
imprest holder; FR 479 refers. As
for C1.1.1
(ii) Fraudulent
Voucher: if discovered before
recoupment, it will be treated as
in (1) Otherwise it will be dealt
with as in C1.3.5
1.3 collector (i) Cash shortage:
a JV should be prepared:
Dr Advances—Losses in the name of
the Collector. Cr Receipts account
concerned. As for C
l.1.1
(ii) Deficiency
concealed by false entries
non-issue or manipulation of
receipts: the amount of the
deficiency should be determined
by the investigating officer under
FR.
748 and adjustments
made under (i). FR 776 to be
applied.
1.4 Paying Officer .. .. ..
The loss must be reported
immediately to the C.O. concerned,
who will endorse details of loss
on the original PV. The head of
department will initiate a JE:
As in C l.1.1
Dr Advances—Losses in
the name of the paying
officer.
Cr. Payments account
concerned.
New vouchers will be
presented for the payments
concerned, noting the fact of
previous loss and the loss report
number.
2. Revenue Losses
2.1 Uncollectable Revenue ..
.. As declaration of loss
coincides with approval of
disposal, no initial accounting
action is required. The
loss will be written off by JE:
Dr GRB—Losses
Cr General Revenue
Balance —Adjustment
Account (hereafter
GRB—Adjustment).
(Note: no
question of recovery from the
collector will arise, cases in
which financial responsibility
might arise fall into C1.2.2).
Departmental revenue accounts will
be adjusted.
2.2 Loss of Revenue .. .. .. No
initial accounting action is
required on declaration of loss;
the amount of loss will be
determined by investigation and
adjustment made in accordance with
FR 776 by: Dr Advances-Losses in
the name of the supervising
collector. Cr Revenue accounts
concerned or Cr GRB—Adjustment as
the case may be. As for C
l.1.1.
3. Expenditure Losses
3.1 Irrecoverable Over- payments.
As declaration of loss coincides
with approval for disposal, no
initial accounting action is
necessary. (i) if overpayment
is subject of surcharge or
recovery proceedings under FR
759, it should be adjusted
by JV:
Dr
Advances—Losses in The name of
the Officer concerned. Cr
GRB—Adjustment,
(ii)
otherwise the payment may be
allowed to stand
charged.
3.2 Nugatory Payments .. On
declaration that the payment is
nugatory by an authority in FR 726
(b), amount will be adjusted by
JV:
Dr Advances—Losses in the name of
the spending officer. (i)
if the payment is subject of
surcharge or recovery proceedings
under FR 759 the loss will be
recovered as in FR 607,
(ii) otherwise it will be adjusted
by JV:
Cr Expenditure account
concerned or Cr GRB—Adjustments—
(if the declaration is made after
closure of the accounts). Dr
GRB-Losses
Cr Advances—Losses
3.3 Improper Payments .. No
intial action except on direction
of disposal authority or by
disallowance by Auditor-General.
The adjustment will be:
Dr Advances—Losses in the name of
the spending officer Cr payments
account concerned (if current
year) or Cr GRB—Adjustment—(in
respect of previous year). (i) if
no initial adjustment made, the
disposal authority may order the
payment to stand charged.
(ii) otherwise as in C1.32
3.4 Excess Expenditure ..
As in C1.3.3
As in C1.3.3
3.5 Fraudulent payments .. When
amount has been determined by
investigation under FR 748 it will
be adjusted by JV
Dr. Advances—Losses in the name of
the spending officer.
Cr Payments account concerned or
GRB—Adjustment as the case may
be. As for C1.3.2
4. Stores Losses
4.1 Unallocated Stores—
Deficiencies. (i)
deficiencies: an issue
voucher will be prepared for the
items missing, and issues will be
debited to Advances-Losses in the
name of the storekeeper.
(ii) deficiency concealed by frau-
dulent issue vouchers: the amount
of the deficiency will be deter-
mined by investigation and
adjustment made by JV.
Dr Advances—Losses in the name of
the storekeeper.
Cr Accounts affected by the
fraudulent issues (current year)
or GRB—Adjustment (Previous year).
As for C1.3.2
4.2 Unallocated Stores — Damage or
Deterioration The items
concerned will be issued from
main stock, and kept separately
for disposal. Issues will be
charged to Advances-Losses in the
name of the
storekeeper. Any
recoveries from disposal will be
credited to the Advance account:
Thereafter as in C 1.3.2
4.3 Allocated Stores —
Deficiencies (i)
deficiencies from stock: an
issue voucher will be prepared
quoting journal adjustment:
Dr Advances-Losses in the name of
the storekeeper.
Cr GRB—StoreAdjustment. As in
C1.3.2
(ii) stock deficiency
concealed by fraudulent issue
vouchers: the amount of the
deficiency will be determined by
the investigating officer and
adjustments made as in
(i). As in C1.3.2
(iii) Stores and
equipment in the hands of
users: no initial accounting
action except for noting plant
and equipment records. (i)
if the loss has been the sub-
ject of surcharge or recovery
proceedings under FR 759,
adjust:
Dr Advances—Losses in the name of
the person concerned. Cr
GRB—Stores Adjustment.
(ii) otherwise write off by Dr
GRB—Losses Cr GRB—Stores
Adjustment.
4.4 Allocated Stores — Damage or
Deterioration in Stock. The
stores concerned will be issued to
separate custody from the main
stock, and an adjustment made: Dr
Advances-Losses in the name of the
storekeeper.
Cr GRB—Store
Adjustment. As in C
1.4.2
4.5 Allocated Stores— Loss by
Accident. Except for notation of
the plant and equipment records,
no initial accounting action is
necessary. (i) if the cost of
repair has been the subject of
a surcharge or recovery
proceedings under FR 759, the
cost of repairs will be
adjusted.
Dr Advances—Losses in the name of
the officer concerned.
Cr Expenditure head for repairs
(current year, or
GRB—Adjustments (Previous years)
(ii) otherwise authority may
be given to allow the cost
of repairs to stand
charged.
5. Financial Losses
5.1 Irrecoverable Advances and
Loans. No initial accounting
action necessary. The loss
will be written off by:
Dr GRB—Losses
Cr Financial Asset Account
concerned.
(Note—If
FR 764 is applied, the asset
account will be cleared by
adjustment to an Advances Losses
account in the name of the officer
concerned.)
5.2 Irregular Advances and Loans.
No initial accounting action
necessary. Any loss of interest
caused by an irregular advance
will be treated as a loss of
revenue under C1.2.2. As in
C1.5.1
5.3 Reduction of Financial
Asset. No initial accounting
action necessary. As in
C1.5.1
5.4 Losses on Sale of
Securities. Losses on sale will
be charged by JV as they occur:
Dr Advances-Losses on Sale of
Securities.
Cr Security account
concerned. Any profits on
sale during the year will be
credited to the advance account.
and the net balance at year-end:
either transferred to revenue or
written off by:
Note—if the securities
concerned are held on behalf of
trust fund, the loss will be
debited to the fund account
in accordance with FR
537). Dr GRB—Loss on
Sale of Securities.
6. Miscellaneous Losses
6.1 Value Books .. .. ..
No initial accounting
action.
When a certified cost statement
has been prepared as laid down in
FR 455, the amount of the loss
shall be adjusted by:
Dr Advances—Losses in the name of
the collector.
Cr GRB—Adjustments. As for
C 1.1.1.
6.2 Safe Keys ..
.. (i) if any of the safe
contents have been lost,
initial action under C1.1 or
4 will be taken as
appropriate
(ii) if no contents have been
lost, no initial accounting
action is
required. As for the
appropriate category of Loss under
C 1. 1 or 4. As in C1.4.5
6.3 Irrecoverable Claims. No
initial accounting action
required. As in
C1.5.1
PART XIV—ACCOUNTS MISCELLANEOUS
Regulation 790—Definition.
The term "personal emoluments"
covers all payments due to civil
servants as remuneration for
employment and includes:
(a) salaries payable to civil
servants in categories A-D as
defined in the Civil Service Act,
1960 (C.A. 5) (hereafter referred
to as “the Act”) except those
holding daily rated posts;
(b) wages payable to civil
servants employed in daily rated
posts;
(c) allowances and any additional
remuneration due to civil servants
as part of their conditions of
service.
Regulation 791—Authorities.
(1) The specific authorities
governing payment of personal
Authorities. emoluments are laid
down as follows:
(a) in the Act or in regulations
or administrative instructions
issued thereunder;
(b) in these Regulations, in
matters of financial and
accounting procedure not already
determined by or under the Act.
(2) A head of department
delegating power of appointment or
discipline under the Act shall
inform the Controller and
Accountant General and the
Auditor-General of any such
delegations.
Regulation 792—Records of personal
emoluments.
Each head of department is
responsible for keeping records of
all personal emoluments of staff
employed in his department, in
such form as shall ensure that:
(a) payments are made as and when
due;
(b) overpayments are not made;
(c) all required deductions are
made at the correct time;
(d) authorised establishments are
not exceeded;
(e) the rates authorised for
payment are not exceeded.
Regulation 793—Schedule of
Authorities.
(1) Specific authorities governing
the payment of personal emoluments
are listed for ease of reference
in the Schedule annexed to this
Part which also shows how
authorities are conveyed to the
civil servants affected.
(2) It is the duty of heads of
departments to ensure that these
specific authorities are promptly
conveyed to the accounting
authority concerned and that the
corresponding adjustment to the
civil servant's pay immediately
made.
Regulation 794— Accounting
Authorities.
The term "accounting authority"
relates as appropriate to:
(a) the departmental pay and
records section responsible for
general control of personal
emoluments within the department;
(b) the local head of department
responsible for notifying heads of
departments of circumstances
affecting staff pay which arise
within their jurisdiction;
(c) the Treasury Central Pay Unit
responsible for preparation of a
mechanised payroll on the basis of
information supplied by heads of
departments.
Regulation 795—Accounting
Authorities.
Departmental accounting
authorities shall be notified of
all notification
authorities affecting personal
emoluments by addressing a copy of
the specific authority to them;
and the Treasury Central Pay Unit
shall be informed by attaching a
copy to the relevant salary change
advice.
Regulation 796—Establishment
Return.
(1) In addition to the
notification in respect of
individual decisions, each head of
department shall prepare a monthly
Establishment Return giving
details, under appropriate
headings, of all establishment
changes affecting the staff of his
department during the month.
(2) Establishment Return may
include such other establishment
detail not directly affecting pay
such as, commendations,
disciplinary penalties unrelated
to pay, as the head of department
may decide or the Principal
Secretary (Establishment) may
direct.
Regulation 797— Internal Check on
Return.
The head of Department may
delegate responsibility for prepa
ration of the Establishment Return
to any officer other than an
officer responsible for keeping
personal emoluments records or
preparing salary change advice.
Regulation 798— Copies of Return.
Copies of the monthly
Establishment Return shall be sent
as required to the:
(a) Principal Secretary
(Establishment);
(b) Controller and
Accountant-General (Treasury
Central Pay Unit);
(c) Auditor-General.
Regulation 799—Audit Copies.
Copies of specific authorities
shall be addressed to the Auditor
General as may be required by him.
Regulation 800—Salary
Instructions.
Procedures to be followed in
payment of salaries will be laid
down in Salary Instructions to be
issued by the Controller and
Accountant-General.
Regulation 801— Use of Manual
Vouchers.
(1) When an officer's salary is
payable on a mechanised pay-roll,
payment by manual payment vouchers
is prohibited except in cases
provided for under regulations 802
and 803.
(2) The use of manual salary
payments, except as authorised by
the Controller and
Accountant-General, shall be
deemed to be a breach of
discipline as defined in
regulation 24.
Regulation 802—Appointment and
Termination.
When an officer is appointed to,
or leaves the service on a date
that would preclude payment on a
mechanised payroll, a manual and
voucher shall be prepared as
follows:
(a) on appointment: a manual
voucher for payment of salary
shall be prepared, supported by a
copy of the Letter of Appointment
as quoted on the voucher. A copy
of the voucher, signed by the
Treasury Officer passing for
payment, shall be used to support
the initial salary change advice
forwarded to the Treasury Central
Pay Unit;
(b) on termination: a manual
voucher for payment of salary
shall be prepared, supported by a
copy of the Last Pay Certificate
issued on cessation of payments on
the mechanised payroll.
Regulation 803—Exceptional
Payments.
(1) The Controller and
Accountant-General may authorise
arrears of salary or allowances to
be paid by manual voucher, and in
the case of an authority specific
to a particular person, a copy of
the authority will be attached to
the voucher.
(2) If the authority is general,
reference to the circular will be
made on the voucher.
Regulation 804— Last Pay
Certificate.
When any civil servant:
(a) ceases to be paid on
mechanised payroll;
(b) is transferred between
stations of his own department;
(c) is transferred to another
department;
the local head of department
responsible for making salary
payments shall prepare a Last Pay
Certificate as authority for
continuation of payment to the
civil servant.
Regulation 805—Preparation and
Use.
(1) Full details of the civil
servant's personal emoluments
shall be given to the Last Pay
Certificate, including the date
and voucher reference of last
payment, the salary range and
point, incremental date,
allowances due, balances of
advances outstanding and monthly
recoveries to be made and the rate
of any other deduction.
(2) Four copies shall be prepared
and used as follows:
Original To be given to
the civil servant concerned, to be
handed in to his new paying
officer and used in accordance
with regulation 806.
Duplicate To be sent to the
new paying officer as a
confirmation copy, and for
permanent record.
Triplicate To be used to
support the salary change advice
notifying his departure from the
old paying station.
Quadruplicate File.
Regulation 806—Arrival at New Post.
On arrival at his new post, the
civil servant shall hand in the
original Last Pay Certificate to
his new paying officer and
according to the date of arrival,
the payment officer shall either
prepare a salary change advice
supported by original Last Pay
Certificate, or apply regulation
802 (a) as though the officer has
been newly appointed, but using
the Last Pay Certificate as the
Letter of Appointment.
Regulation 807—Loss of Last Pay
Certificate.
If an officer losses his original
Last Pay Certificate, no payment
may be made to him on a manual
payment voucher; and in for
warding a salary change advice to
the Treasury Central Pay Unit, the
new paying Officer shall report
the loss of the original Last Pay
Certificate.
Regulation 808—General Class
Emoluments.
The salaries and other of civil
servants appointed to a class of
general posts shall be paid from
the appropriation of the
department to which they have been
posted.
Regulation 809—General Class
Transfer.
If an officer of a general class
has been promoted on transfer to
another department, his new salary
shall be payable from the date of
promotion by his old department
until such time as an effective
date of transfer is agreed upon by
the head of class and the
department concerned provided that
the old department has an
establishment for the post;
otherwise the payment of salary
shall be governed by regulation
810.
Regulation 810— Departmental Class
Transfers.
(1) Regulation 809 shall not apply
to an officer of a departmental
class who is to be transferred to
another department on promotion.
(2) In that case, the new salary
shall be payable by the new
department from the date of
promotion but only after he has
transferred.
Regulation 811— Deductions from
Salaries.
Deductions from salaries may only
be made upon authority of these
regulations or of administrative
instructions issued by the
Principal Secretary
(Establishments).
Regulation 812—Stoppage Of Salary
Payments.
(1) It is the duty of a local head
of department immediately to stop
payment of salary to a civil
servant when that civil servant:
(a) has been absent from duty
without leave or reasonable cause
for a period exceeding five
working days;
(b) has been convicted of an
offence involving theft or fraud,
or a sentence of imprisonment, as
requiring immediate interdiction
without pay under regulations 53,
and 54 (5) of the Civil Service
(Interim) Regulations, 1960
(hereafter referred to as the
"Civil Service Regulations”);
(c) resignation without
permission as required by Civil
Service Regulation 77.
(d) death of the civil servant.
(2) All other payments due to the
civil servant must also be stopped
in these circumstances.
Regulation 813—Notification of
Stoppage.
(1) The occurrence of any of the
circumstances specified in
regulation 812 must be notified
immediately to the head of
department or intermediate
disciplinary authority as the case
may be.
(2) The notification shall
indicate the effective date of the
stoppage and confirm that action
has been taken to prevent further
payments being made, including;
(a) notification to Treasury
Officer where salary payments are
made direct to the officer's bank
account;
(b) repayments into the
Consolidated Fund of salary or
other payment vouchers already
passed for payment;
(c) issue of the appropriate
salary change advice to the
Treasury Central Pay Unit.
Regulation 814—Subsequent Payment.
When salary payments have been
stopped, no restoration of pay or
payment of other amounts due may
be made except on the written
authority of the head of
department or other appropriate
disciplinary authority.
Regulation 815—Detail to be Given
in Authorities.
All specific authorities relating
to the adjustment of pay shall
give sufficient detail for
computation of amounts to be paid
or withheld, namely:
(a) the effective date of change
being the first day for which a
new amount becomes payable;
(b) the actual rates to be paid or
deducted;
(c) any consequential change of
incremental dates, period of trial
or probation.
Regulation 816—Effective Date.
Unless the effective date is
otherwise specified according to
the Act, or by or under any other
enactment, the effective date
shall be:
(a) in the case of deceased civil
servant: the day following the
date of death;
(b) in the case of convicted
officers: the date of conviction;
(c) in the case of officers absent
without leave: the first date of
such absence.
Regulation 817— Wage Instructions.
The Controller and
Accountant-General may issue Wage
Instructions governing procedures
for the preparation of vouchers
and payment of wages.
Regulation 818 — Registration
Cards.
The appointing authority for
daily-rated staff shall ensure
that no person is employed except
upon presentation of a valid
labour registration card, as
required under the Labour Decree,
1967 (N.L.C.D.157); and this card
shall be retained by the
appointing authority for the
duration of the employment.
Regulation 819—Pay Number.
On appointment of a person on
daily rates of pay he shall be
assigned a departmental
registration number which shall be
quoted in all accounts and
correspondence relating to that
employee.
Regulation 820— Time Records to be
Kept.
(1) Time records shall be kept to
show all days worked by
daily-rated staff, to serve as the
basis of wage payments.
(2) Unless alternative forms are
laid down in approved Departmental
Accounting Instructions, such time
records shall take the form of a
monthly timesheet to be marked
twice daily by a timekeeper
appointed for the purpose.
Regulation 821—Checks by
Supervisor.
The officer in immediate charge of
work upon which daily rated staff
are employed shall carry out
frequent checks on the accuracy of
time records during the progress
of the work.
Regulation 822—Departmental
Checks.
(1) A head of department shall
arrange for further checks on the
accuracy of time records to be
made at irregular intervals by
other staff of the department.
(2) Checks may also be made by
Treasury Officers or
representatives of the
Auditor-General.
Regulation 823—Checks to be noted
on Time Records.
Any officer carrying out a check
on accuracy of time records noted
on time shall note that he has
done so by initialling the records
concerned.
Regulation 824—Accuracy of
Records.
Failure to mark time records at
the proper time, or to mark
records improperly when staff are
not working, shall be deemed to be
a breach of discipline as defined
in regulation 24.
Regulation 825—Certification of
Time Records.
At the end of each pay period, the
time sheet or other time record
shall be certified in accordance
with regulation 129 by the
time-keeper and the officer in
immediate charge of the work.
Regulation 826—Preparation of
Voucher.
(1) Wages vouchers shall be
prepared from and supported by the
certified timesheet, by an officer
other than the timekeeper.
(2) Departmental Accounting
Instruction shall specify the
dates up to which timesheet shall
be prepared and certified in time
for the stipulated pay day.
Regulation 827—Duty of the
Spending Officer.
When a wages voucher has been
prepared, the spending officer
authorising the payment is
required to satisfy himself that:
(a) the timesheet has been
correctly prepared and certified
in accordance with regulation 825;
(b) evidence has been recorded on
the timesheet that checks on
accuracy have been carried out;
(c) computations are correct.
Regulation 828—Paying Officer.
(1) The spending officer shall
appoint a paying officer, who
shall be an officer in receipt of
a salary on Range 47 or above, to
make payments in accordance with
regulation 263.
(2) If no such officer is
available, the Treasury Officer
may approve the appointment of a
more junior officer if satisfied
that such officer is competent to
conduct the payment.
(3) The paying officer shall, in
no circumstances, be the officer
responsible for preparing or
certifying timesheets, or
preparing wage vouchers.
Regulation 829—Witness to
Payments.
The paying officer shall ensure
that a witness to payment is
witness to present at payout; and
such witness shall certify the
wages voucher as payments.
follows:
“I certify that the amounts
against which my initials appear
thus
.............................have
been paid in my presence to the
persons entitled to receive the
same.”
Signed .........……………...
Designation .……………....
Date..……………………..
Regulation 830— Treasury
Observers.
The Treasury Officer, or an
officer deputed by him, may attend
any payment of wages as an
observer.
Regulation 831— Retirement Date.
Where the appointment of a civil
servant is terminated in normal
circumstances such as retirement
on reaching age limit, voluntary
retirement, accepted resignation,
retirement on medical grounds or
abolition of office, expiry of
limited engagement, the head of
department is required to consider
whether his service has been
satisfactory three months before
retirement as laid down in Civil
Service Regulation 75 (1); and at
the same time, he shall fix the
effective date of retirement so
that any pension or gratuity
payable can be computed and
approved for payment when due.
Regulation 832—Variation of
Retirement Date.
Officers shall take all leave due
to them before the effective date
of retirement; any subsequent
variation in this date, or failure
to give adequate notice of
intended retirement, may cause
delay in the processing and
payment of retiring awards.
Regulation 833—Pension
Instructions.
The Controller and
Accountant-General shall issue
Pension Instructions governing the
preparation, computation and
payment of retiring awards.
Regulation 834—Statement of
Indebtedness.
(1) Prior to the date of
retirement, the head of department
shall prepare a statement of
indebtedness showing all sums
which will be due from a retiring
officer to government at the date
of his retirement and the
arrangement agreed upon between
the two parties for settlement;
and nil statements are also
required.
(2) The statement shall include
details of all advances
outstanding and revenue due to his
own department.
(3) The statement shall be
supported by an income tax
clearance certificate.
Regulation 835—Amounts Due to
Other Department.
The retiring officer shall report
any debts due to any other
government department for
inclusion in the statement of
indebtedness.
Regulation 836—Recovery from
Retiring Awards.
(1) Officers retiring in normal
circumstances may at their option
arrange for the amount of their
indebtedness to be deducted awards
any gratuity payable to them on
retirement.
(2) If exercised, this option
shall be recorded on the statement
of indebtedness; if not, details
of recovery in cash shall be
recorded.
Regulation 837—Disposal of
Statement.
The original statement certified
by the head of department and
signed by the retiring officer,
shall be forwarded to the
Controller and Accountant-General
(Pensions Branch), where it shall
be used to support the voucher for
payment of any gratuity due less
any deductions required by the
statement.
Regulation 838—Payments of
Gratuities.
No payment of gratuity shall be
made except with the support of a
duly completed statement of
indebtedness.
Regulation 839—Contingent
Liabilities.
(1) If, at the time of preparing a
statement of indebtedness, there
is any contingent liability
against the retiring officer such
as a loss outstanding in his name
under regulations 605 and 606,
that may eventually entail
recovery it shall be recorded in
the statement of indebtedness as a
contingent liability.
(2) Such amounts shall be withheld
on payment of gratuity and placed
on deposit in the name of the
retiring officer; and such deposit
shall be repayable to him on a
certificate given by his head of
department that the investigations
has been completed and the officer
found not to be liable.
(3) Otherwise the deposit shall be
used for the recovery, any balance
being paid to the retiring
officer.
(4) In no circumstance shall
payment of gratuity placed on
deposit be withheld for a period
exceeding six months from the date
the award became payable.
Regulation 840—Termination
Preceded by Pay Stoppage.
(1) In cases where termination of
appointment has been preceded by
stoppage of pay under regulation
812, the head of department shall
incorporate into the statement of
indebtedness a statement of
payments due to the officer,
including any salary or allowance
due up to the effective date of
termination.
(2) Amounts due to and due from
the officer shall be offset; any
balance due to him shall be paid
on a single voucher supported by
the statement of indebtedness; and
any balance due from him shall be
recovered as a civil debt.
Regulation 841—Deceased Officers.
In the case of deceased officers,
the balance due to the officer
shall include any award payable to
his estate or to his heirs. as the
case may be.
Regulation 842—Payment in Respect
of Deceased Officers.
Any payment due in respect of
deceased officers shall be paid in
only to the person or persons
entitled to receive payment under
law, respect of and the spending
officer shall satisfy himself as
to the entitlement of the payee;
and a copy of the relevant
authority shall be attached to
the payment voucher as required
by regulation 279.
Regulation 843—Officers
Transferred to Approved
Employment.
(1) Where officers are to be
transferred on approved
employment, the authority for
transfer will indicate whether
sums due from the officer shall be
recovered before transfer, or
whether the receiving employer
should accept responsibility for
recovery.
(2) In the latter case, the head
of department shall forward the
statement of indebtedness with a
claim for the payment of sums due
from the receiving employer.
Regulation 844—Unsatisfactory
Service.
In cases where employment may be
terminated under section 18 (3) of
the Act or under Civil Service
Regulations 69 or 71, the
statement of indebtedness should
be forwarded to and considered by
the disciplinary authority in
reaching a decision, and the
letter of termination shall
specify how the debts are to be
recovered.
Regulation 845—Authority for
Payment.
The payment of allowances to civil
servants is governed by
regulations or administrative
instructions made under section 20
of the Act. These authorities will
specify whether such allowances
are payable as part of personal
emoluments or on the basis of
separate claims.
Regulation 846—Allowances to
Receive Budgetary Approval.
No regulations or administrative
instructions, or amendments
thereto, relating to the payment
of allowances may be promulgated
without prior reference to the
Senior Principal Secretary for the
approval of financial implications
by the Government.
Regulation 847—Application for
Approval.
Applications for financial
approval shall be submitted to the
Senior Principal Secretary in the
form of draft regulations or
instructions, together with a
covering memorandum, explaining:
(i) the reasons for introduction
or amendment of the allowance;
(ii) the financial implications,
in terms of the annual expenditure
likely to be incurred in approving
the allowance;
Regulation 848—Content of
Regulations.
Regulations governing an allowance
shall comprehend all procedural
arrangement for control and
payment, including:
(i) authority to grant the
allowance to particular officers;
(ii) circumstances in which the
allowance is payable or ceases to
be payable;
(iii) certification necessary,
(iv) claim and payment procedures.
The Senior Principal Secretary
shall consult the Controller and
Accountant-General and
Auditor-General on the adequacy of
these procedural instructions
before submitting the draft
regulations for approval by
Government.
Regulation 849—Personal Emoluments
Records.
Allowances payable as part of
salary shall be recorded in salary
records kept in accordance with
regulation 792.
Regulation 850—Allowance Accounts.
Heads of departments must keep
records sufficient to show at any
time:
(a) officers currently entitled to
receive any allowance;
(b) total amounts payable for each
allowance each month;
(c) payments made each month;
(d) details of checks applied to
test continued eligibility for
payment.
Regulation 851—Definition of
Subvention.
A
subvention is an amount payable as
annually recurrent expenditure to
any institution, other than a
government department, to enable
that institution to fulfil a
public purpose approved by the
Government.
Regulation 852—Classes of
Subvention.
Subventions shall be further
classified and described in the
estimates and accounts as
(a) Membership Dues to learned
societies, professional
associations, etc.
(b) Subscriptions to International
Organisations;
(c) Grants to welfare associations
and other private institutions;
(d) Grants-in-Aid of public
institutions, government agencies
or other bodies;
(e) Donations for charitable or
social purposes.
Regulation 853—Exclusion.
The term "subvention" shall not be
applied to:
(a) payments to external agencies
for work carried out on behalf of
government in accordance with a
contractual agreement;
(b) payments of a capital nature,
which shall be provided for as a
capital expenditure estimate or as
an equity investment of the
Consolidated Fund.
Regulation 854—General Condition
of Subvention.
(1) In addition to the requirement
for budgetary authority under
regulation 38 (a) all payments of
subventions, except as provided
for in regulation 858, shall be
subject to the condition that the
institution assisted shall render
audited annual statements of
account to the department making
the subvention.
(2) All payment vouchers shall
quote the date of the last audited
annual statement received; no
payment may be made if the date of
the last statement received shall
be more than 12 months before the
date of payment of the subvention.
Regulation 855—Authority for
Payment.
Subject to prior budgetary
approval, payments of subventions
shall be made in accordance with
either:
(a) the rules of the institution
concerned; or
(b) any agreement made between the
receiving institution and the
Government.
Any agreement made under (b) shall
be negotiated and executed in
accordance with rules relating to
loan agreements as laid down in
regulations 630-635.
Regulation 856—Grants.
The term “grant” shall be applied
to any contribution towards the
recurrent expenses of any
institution amounting to less than
40 per cent of its annual income;
and if the subvention exceeds this
proportion, it shall be termed a
"grant-in-aid" and be subject to
the provisions of regulation 857.
Regulation 857—Grants-in-Aid.
Any agreement covering the payment
of a grant-in-aid shall provide
for:
(a) the appointment of a
government nominee responsible for
finance in the governing body;
(b) the prior approval by the
Government of financial and
accounting arrangements of the
institution concerned,
(c) the submission of the annual
estimates for approval by the
Government, who may order the
deletion of any item;
(d) the audit of accounts by the
Auditor-General or an auditor
appointed by and reporting to him;
(e) the issue of directions by the
Government on matters affecting
the financial policy to be adopted
by the institution concerned.
Regulation 858—Donations.
Where the payment of a donation,
is related to a single
contribution in respect of a
particular appeal, it shall not be
subject to regulations 854 and
855; and the department making the
donation shall report the donation
in its annual report, giving such
detail of the use of the money as
may be known to it.
Regulation 859—Source of
Donations.
Donations shall be made on behalf
of the “Government and People of
Ghana” and not in the name of the
paying department.
Regulation 860—Payments of
Subventions.
Unless specific directions to the
contrary are issued by the Senior
Principal Secretary subventions
shall be payable as follows:
(a) Membership dues: payable in
full as and when due;
(b) Subscription to international
organisation: payable in
accordance with rules or
agreement;
(c) Grants: payable monthly on or
about the twentieth day of the
month for which it is due;
(d) Grants-in-Aid: as for grants;
(e) Donations: as directed by the
Senior Principal Secretary acting
on behalf of the Government.
SCHEDULE
Authorities for Adjustment of
Salaries Annexure to Part
XIV
Circumstances Requiring Salary
Adjustment Authority for
Adjustment How
conveyed
1. Appointments
1.1 Appointment and initial
payment of salary.
Appointing Authority
By Letter of Appointment addressed
to the civil servant as laid down
in CSR 30 (2) or 30 (3).
1.2 Termination of Probationary
period (CSR 31 (4)).
Appointing Authority or Head of
Department if appointing authority
has been further delegated. By an
order addressed to, the civil
servant made under s.18 (3) of the
Act.
1.3 Reversion to former grade of
officers serving a trial period
(CSR 38(6)). Appointing Authority
As for 1.2
1.4 Adjustment of terms of
Appointment. Appointing
Authority By revised
Letter of Appointment addressed to
the civil servant quoting the
establishment authority for the
change.
2. Additional Payments
2.1 Award of increments
Disciplinary Authority
By issue of Incremental Decisions
List addressed to the spending
officer. (Note if the increment
has previously been:
(i) deferred under s.27 (1) (e) of
the Act;
(ii) stopped under s.27 (1)
(f) of the Act;
(iii) withheld under CSR 58;
(iv) suspended under CSR 59; the
IDL will quote the relevant
authority).
2.2 Payment of allowances by
addition to salary. Approving
Authority under FR 845. By letter
of authority issued under the
appropriate allowance rules.
3. Deductions from Salary
3.1 Advances
Administering Authority under FR
582. Instructions to the
spending officer as laid down in
Fr 584.
3.2 Other deductions
Administering Authority under FR
811. As laid down in
administrative instructions
governing particular
deductions.
4. Stopped Salaries
4.1 Absence from duty under CSR
56
Local head of department By
report to the disciplinary
authority as required by FR
813.
4.2 Absence from duty under CSR
57. Local head of
department By report to the head
of depart merit under FR 813 that
the civil servant has been deemed
to have resigned without
notice.
4.3 Interdiction from duty under
CSR 53 and 54 (5). Local
head of department By report to
the disciplinary authority and
head of department that the civil
servant has been convicted under
Fr 813.
4.4 Resignation without permission
as required by CSR 77. Local
head of department Report as
laid down in FR 813.
4.5 Death of serving civil
servant. Local head of
department Report to head of
department as required by FR
813.
4.6 Restoration of stopped
pay. Disciplinary
Authority By directions
as to the effective date of
restoration.
4.7 Payment to estate of deceased
officers. Head of
department Payment under Fr 840
and 842.
5. Disciplinary Proceedings
5. 1 Interdiction from duty under
CSR 54. Disciplinary
Authority By letter of
Interdiction to the Civil servant,
specifying the effective date of
interdiction and the salary
payable.
5.2 Removal of interdiction under
CSR 54 (4). Disciplinary
Authority By letter
conveying decision of the
disciplinary authority, under CSR
64 (14) or 65 (5) specifying the
date of dismissal or removal.
5.4 Reduction in rank arising
from penalties Disciplinary
Authority By letter
addressed to the civil servant in
accordance with CSR 64 (14) or 65
(5).
5.5 Reduction in salary arising
from penalties under s. 27 of the
Act. Disciplinary
Authority By letter
addressed to the civil. servant in
accordance with CSR 64 (14) or 65
(5), specifying the effective date
of the reduction, the salary to be
payable and any change to
incremental date.
5.6 Suspension from duty arising
from penalties under s. 27 of the
Act. Disciplinary
Authority By letter add
to the civil servant in accordance
with CSR 64 (14) or 65 (5),
specifying the effec- tive dates
of the suspension.
5.7 Removal on grounds of
unsatisfactory service under CSR
69. Disciplinary
Authority By order made
under CSR 69 (3), specifying the
effective date of removal.
5.8 Reduction in rank on grounds
of unsatisfactory service under
CSR 69. Disciplinary
Authority By order made
under CSR 69 (3), specifying the
effective date of reduction, the
new salary to be payable and any
change , of incremental date.
5.9 Premature termination of
limited engagement under CSR
71. Disciplinary
Authority By notice of
termination of the contract which
shall specify the effective date
of termination and any penalty
imposed under CSR. 72.
6. Leaving the Service
6.1 Compulsory retirement under
ss. 31 and 33 of the Act.
Head of department By issue of a
certificate of satisfactory
service and approval of the grant
of a retiring award.
6.2 Voluntary retirement under ss.
31 and 34 of the Act. Head of
department (subject to the
requirements of CSR 74(3). As
6.1
6.3 Retirement for medical reasons
under ss. 31 and 35 of the
Act. Head of department By
letter of authority confirming
report of medical examination
under CSR 78.
6.4 On resignation under s.31. of
the Act and accepted under CSR
77. Head of department
By letter of acceptance specifying
the effective date of leaving the
ser vice and any handover to be
completed as required FR
116.
6.5 On expiry of a limited
engagement under s. 31 of the
Act. Head of
department By issuing a
certificate of satisfactory
service and specifying the
effective date of
termination.
6.6 On transfer to approved
employment under ss. 31 and 36 of
the Act. As specified in
CSR 79 Letter of
Authority addressed to the head of
department, specifying the
effective date of transfer and
details required by FR 843.
6.7 On abolition of post under ss.
31 and 37 of the Act. Appointing
Authority By determination under
s. 37 of the Act.
6.8 Discharge of non- pensionable
staff under ss. 31 and 38 of the
Act and CSR 80.
Appointing Authority By
letter addressed to the civil
servant in accordance with s. 38
(2) of the Act.
Abbreviations s. (ss.) of the Act
CSR FR section (s)
of the Civil Service Act, 1960
regulation of the Civil Service
(Interim Regulations, 1960. Civil
Service Regulation Financial
Regulations.
PART XV—FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING
RECORDS
Regulation 861—Care and Custody of
Records.
It is the duty of heads of
departments to ensure that
financial and accounting records
are preserved in good order and in
a manner to facilitate ready
access for reference.
Regulation 862—Legislative
Authorities.
The preservation of these records
is governed by two principal
enactments, namely:
(a) The Limitation Decree, 1972
(N.R.C.D. 54) under which it is
necessary to keep financial and
accounting records until such time
as claims by or to government
shall be statute-barred;
(b) The Public Archives Ordinance
(No. 35 of 1955) under which the
power to destroy or retain
official records is reserved to
the Committee on Public Archives
(hereafter called the Archives
Committee).
Regulation 863— Departmental
Repositories.
(1) Each head of department shall
establish a repository or
repositories to hold all financial
and accounting records that are no
longer required for regular office
reference.
(2) Such repositories shall
provide facilities for reference
and use of the records stored
therein, and Departmental
Accounting Instructions shall
prescribe detailed procedures for
deposit and use of records within
the general ambit of the
regulations set out in this Part.
Regulation 864— Release of
Records.
Once records have been transferred
to a departmental repository, they
may not be released or otherwise
disposed of except under an
authority prescribed by these
regulations, but in exceptional
circumstances, a head of
department may authorise the
temporary release of records from
custody.
Regulation 865—Retention and
Review.
(1) Financial and accounting
records which have ceased to be
current shall be retained for a
prescribed minimum period; and at
this time, to be termed the First
Review, they shall be examined to
determine whether they should be
retained for a further minimum
period or should be destroyed.
(2) At the end of this further
minimum period, the remaining
records shall be re-examined at a
Second Review to determine whether
they should be permanently
retained or destroyed.
Regulation 866 —Retention
Schedule.
A
schedule of financial and
accounting records for which
minimum retention periods are
prescribed (hereafter called the
Retention Schedule) is attached as
an annexure to this Part. The
Retention Schedule also indicates
those records for which
long-period retention is
unnecessary.
Regulation 867—Extended Period of
Retention.
A
head of department may extend the
period of retention beyond the
minimum prescribed at his own
discretion.
Regulation 868—Unscheduled
Records.
Records not listed, either
specifically or by general class,
in the Retention Schedule may at
the discretion of the head of
department be listed in
Departmental Accounting
Instructions as an additional
financial record or dealt with as
an ordinary departmental record
under the Archives Ordinance.
Regulation 869—Combined Records.
Where a financial or accounting
record is combined with a record
kept for other purposes (e.g. a
court record book), the period of
retention shall be determined by
whichever is the longer period
specified for each of the kinds of
record.
Regulation 870—Classification of
Records.
Financial and accounting records
shall be classified and dealt with
under the following main headings.
(a) Publications by the department
which include financial reports,
and statements.
(b) Legal Documents including
title and trust deeds, agreements,
etc.
(c) Accounts including both
records and supporting vouchers.
(d) Correspondence Files arising
from financial and accounting
work.
(e) Working Papers arising from
the accounting process.
(f) Archival Records relating to
the location, retention or
destruction of records.
Regulation 871—Definition and
Sub-classes Publications.
The term “Publication” shall apply
to all printed or duplicated
financial reports and statements
originated by a department failing
into one of the following
categories:
(a) Publications for General
Circulation by sale or
distribution to the public.
(b) Publications for Limited
Circulation within the civil
service, whose content is of
official interest only (e.g. code
lists, administrative
instructions, manuals),
(c) Publications for Restricted
Circulation to specified groups of
civil servants only (namely,
circulars internal reports,
exposure drafts) but excluding
reports and statements intended
for a limited number of specified
addresses, which shall be treated
as "correspondence".
Regulation 872—Class to be Noted.
The front cover of any publication
shall indicate whether it is
published for general, limited or
restricted circulation.
Regulation 873—General
Publications.
Copies of all publications for
general circulation shall be sent
immediately upon publication to
the:
(a) Balme Library, University of
Ghana;
(b) Library of the Ghana Institute
of Management and Public
Administration;
(c) Ghana National Archives,
Accra;
(d) Library of the Ministry of
Finance, Accra;
(e) departmental repository
established under regulation 863.
Regulation 874—Limited or
Restricted Publications.
Copies of all publications for
limited or restricted circulation
shall be sent immediately upon
publication to the:
(a) Ministry of Finance Library,
Accra;
(b) departmental repository.
Regulation 875— Security Grading,
to be Observed.
Any security grading of a
restricted document shall be duly
observed during retention by the
institutions specified in
regulation 874.
Regulation 876—Permanent
Retention.
Publications forwarded under
regulations 873 and 874 shall be
permanently retained; and items
placed in the departmental
repository shall not be released
from custody and may be used only
in the repository itself.
Regulation 877—Other Copies.
Copies of publications other than
those specified in regulations 873
and 874, are not records as
regulated by this Part; and they
shall be accounted for as
departmental stores as prescribed
in Part XIII of these regulations.
Regulation 878— Report of
Publications.
Departmental publications issued
during the year for general or of
limited circulation should be
listed in the annual report
presented under regulation 115.
Regulation 879—Definition and
Subclasses Legal Documents.
(1) Legal documents are those
whose production in court might at
some time be required to establish
a claim or settle a dispute.
(2) The following sub-categories
may be identified:
(a) Title Documents conferring or
recording ownership of any
property including title deeds,
bonds, stock or share
certificates, etc.
(b) Trust Deeds relating to the
administration of any fund,
account or property.
(c) Agreements relating to
contracts, loans, advances,
subventions or any other financial
matter.
(d) Other Documents of special
importance for which custodial
arrangements outside the ordinary
filing or records system is deemed
necessary.
Regulation 880— Storage of Legal
Document.
(1) Legal documents shall be kept
at departmental headquarters in a
safe, strong room or security
records store under custody of an
officer to be specified in
Departmental Accounting
Instructions.
(2) A record of documents held
shall be kept and movements
recorded under signature, and the
officer in charge shall ensure
that access to the documents is
confined to authorised persons and
that the documents are adequately
protected against damage by
insects, fire or damp.
Regulation 881—Working Copies.
In no circumstances may original
legal documents be kept on file;
and certified or facsimile copies
shall be provided for working use.
Regulation 882—Title Documents.
(1) Title documents remain current
while the relevant property
remains in the possession of
government, and shall be passed to
the new owners if the property is
sold or transferred.
(2) The documents shall only cease
to be current in the case where
the property itself ceases to
exist while in possession of
government; in which case, the
documents shall be kept for the
periods specified in the Retention
Schedule.
Regulation 883—Trust Deeds.
(1) Trust deeds shall cease to be
current when the trust has been
wound up and the final statement
of account has been audited and
reported on.
(2) A copy of the final audited
statement shall then be attached
to the trust deed which shall be
retained for periods specified in
the Retention Schedule.
Regulation 884—Agreements.
(1) Agreements shall cease to be
current when the business agreed
upon has been fully discharged and
the fact of completion has been
endorsed upon the original
agreement by the head or chief
financial officer of the
department.
(2) Agreement relating to the
grant of personal advances to
civil servants or minor contracts
for less than ¢10,000 may be
destroyed under these regulations
at First Review; and other
agreements may be selectively
destroyed at Second Review.
Regulation 885—Other Documents.
Other documents to be retained,
and the period they are to be held
shall be specified Department
Accounting Instructions according
to the needs of the department
concerned.
Regulation 886—Definition
Accounts.
Records classified as "Accounts"
will include:
(a) accounting records in the form
of books, ledgers, ledger sheets,
ledger cards, or machine
tabulations;
(b) source documents for the
accounting record in the form of
vouchers, schedules, returns, bank
or any other statements.
Regulation 887—Classification.
(1) Accounting records may be
broadly classified according to
type and purpose as laid down in
the Retention Schedule.
(2) Each class is further
sub-divided, either by specific
accounts or general sub-classes of
accounts; and in the latter case,
departmental records shall further
sub-itemise by specific account.
(3) These classifications will be
used for all record-keeping
purposes.
Regulation 888—Accounts to be
Clearly Labelled.
(1) Accounts shall be clearly
labelled and identified at all
times, whether in current use or
retained for reference, showing
the title of the account, its
record class, and the dates of
first and last transaction.
(2) Vouchers or other loose
documents shall be kept in
bundles, filed in their proper
sequence and similarly labelled.
Regulation 889—Non-Current
Accounts.
An accounting record shall cease
to be current when:
(a) no further entries are to be
made in the record and all
balances have been carried forward
to a new record.
(b) the transaction in the record
and the transfer of balances have
been examined by a representative
of the Auditor-General who shall
sign and date the record as
examined.
Regulation 890—Non-Current
Vouchers.
Vouchers shall cease to be current
after they have been examined by
representative of the
Auditor-General.
Regulation 891—Renewal of Damaged
Records.
An accounting record shall be
taken out of use when its
condition is such that further
day-to-day handling shall
materially impair its future use
as a permanent record of
transactions.
Regulation 892— Loose Sheet/Card
Systems.
(1) When loose-leaf ledger sheets
or cards have been filed up, new
sheets or cards shall be added to
the file.
(2) Filed sheets or cards should
not be separately removed from the
file in which they are used.
(3) When renewal of the file is
necessary, all sheets or cards
shall be removed, cease to be
current and be retained in their
correct sequence.
Regulation 893—Retention of
Accounting Records.
(1) Accounts that have ceased to
be current shall be retained by
departments for the minimum
periods specified in the Retention
Schedule.
(2) Records not referred to in the
Schedule, either by specific title
or general class, may be scheduled
in Departmental Accounting
Instructions or treated as
non-accounting records as the head
of department may determine.
Regulation 894—Vouchers Affecting
Claims.
(1) If any claim, loss or other
matter arises affecting a voucher
that is either current or has
ceased to be current, the voucher
shall be removed from the batch
and transferred to the file
relating to the matter arising.
(2) A substitute voucher shall be
placed with the voucher batch in
the appropriate place, specifying
details of the transaction and the
location of the original document.
Regulation 895—Limitation Decree.
Vouchers subject to control under
the Limitation Decree, 1972
(N.R.C.D. 54) are identified in
the Retention Schedule.
Regulation 896—Review and
Destruction of Accounts.
Unless permanent retention or
destruction is prescribed by the
Retention Schedule, accounting
records may be selectively
destroyed under these regulations
at First or Second Review.
Regulation 897—Definition and
sub-Categories Correspondence
files.
Correspondence files relating to
financial and accounting work form
part of the records to which this
Part is applied, and are
classifled under the following
sub-headings:
(a) Budget files;
(b) Policy and Planning files;
(c) Accounts files, including both
general files and case papers;
(d) Staff personal files;
(e) Case papers unrelated to a
specific accounting record;
(f) Reports and returns not used
as vouchers;
(g) Handing/taking over statement;
(h) Financial statements from
other institutions;
(i) Unpublished reports and
statements.
Regulation 898—Categories to be
Indicated.
(1) All files used for financial
and accounting work shall be
clearly marked as such, and shall
indicate the sub-class to which
they belong.
(2) They shall be registered and
stored according to these
categories when transferred to
departmental repositories or to
the National Archives.
Regulation 899—New Volumes.
Where a file contains information
required for frequent and
continuing reference such as
critical dates, authorities,
agreements, that have not been
recorded in a proper account, such
information shall be noted on a
summary sheet or filed in a
special envelope at cover, and
this summary sheet or envelope
shall be transferred to the new
volume when the old one is closed.
Regulation 900—Local Files.
(1) A file held by a local or
branch head of department which
consists entirely of
correspondence received from or
addressed to departmental
headquarters shall be termed a
"local file," and shall not be
subject to the period of retention
laid down by these regulations.
(2) Local files may be disposed of
summarily as a working paper.
Regulation 901—Budget Flies.
(1) Files shall be opened for the
transactions of each new budget
year, providing for the business
to be carried out under Part II of
these regulations.
(2) The budget year concerned
shall be identified on the front
covers of the files, which shall
cease to be current when the
departmental annual report has
been prepared and all matters
arising have been dealt with.
Regulation 902—Policy and Planning
Flies.
Files relating to the longer term
financial plans of the department,
including the preparation of
legislation, development works
shall be separately classified
from the annual budget flies, and
shall only cease to be current as
projects are completed or plans
executed, or when new volumes of
the files are opened.
Regulation 903—Accounts Files.
(1) Accounts files are those
related to the operation of
particular accounting records or
groups of records and consist
of two types of file namely:
(a) files relating to the general
operation of the accounts
concerned, including any audit
report on them;
(b) case papers containing
correspondence relating to
particular accounts.
(2) The former shall remain
current until a new volume is
opened, the latter until the
particular accounts is closed or
the matter arising fully dealt
with.
Regulation 904—Personal Files.
(1) Personal files contain
authorities and other
correspondence relating to the
salary, allowances, leave or other
establishment matters of
individual civil servants.
(2) Personal files kept at
departmental headquarters remain
current until such time as the
officer retires from the service,
settles any debts due to
government and has received any
retiring award.
(3) Personal files kept at local
or branch offices shall be treated
as local files.
Regulation 905—Case Papers.
Case papers relating to matters
such as claims, losses
applications, audit queries, shall
remain current until the case has
been satisfactorily disposed of,
and the officer dealing with it
has so endorsed the paper.
Regulation 906—Other files.
In all other cases, flies shall
cease to be current two years
after the date of the last paper
received or when a new volume is
opened.
Regulation 907—Definition Working
Papers.
Working papers are those papers
created as a by-product of the
accounting process but which do
not form part of the official
records system; and include:
(a) copies of forms not used as
voucher (e.g. office copies of
requisitions, cheque order forms,
cheque stubs);
(b) record or registers used in
controlling the flow of documents
during accounting processes such
as messengers' receipts books,
registers of returns;
(c) circulars, notices and
instructions received;
(d) local files as defined in
regulation 900; and
(e) other documents such as
personal working papers, drafts,
calculations, note books, and
diaries.
Regulation 908—Duty to Clear
Unwanted Papers.
(1) It is the duty of a local head
of department or branch head to
review the papers held in his
office at regular intervals, and
to dispose of all such working
papers as are no longer required
for use or reference.
(2) Subject to the provisions of
regulations 909 to 911 no special
procedures or authorities are
required for disposal.
Regulation 909—Retention of
Working Papers.
(1) Working papers referred to in
regulation 907 (a) to (d) should
be kept for at least one year
after the date of last entry.
(2) The audit inspecting officer
should be consulted before
destruction is authorised by the
local or branch head.
Regulation 910—Circulars and
Instructions:
Circulars, notices and
instructions emanating from other
offices cease to be current when
they have been cancelled by the
issuing authority or when their
validity was expired.
Regulation 911—Personal Working
Papers.
(1) Personal working papers shall
be destroyed by the officer
preparing them as soon as the work
to which they relate has been
officially filed.
(2) Where a head of department
deems it necessary to retain
official working papers,
Departmental Accounting
Instructions shall require them to
be placed on official files.
Regulation 912—Definition and
Classes Archival Records.
Archival records are those
records, kept in either book or
file and form, required to
control the location and disposal
of records and shall include:
(a) details of records transferred
to departmental repositories;
(b) schedules of records
destroyed;
(c) register showing use of
records after transfer to the
departmental repository;
(d) schedules of records
transferred to the National
Archives.
Regulation 913—Retention.
Archival records shall be retained
in the departmental repository and
shall remain current.
Regulation 914—Transfer to
Departmental Repository.
(1) Financial and accounting
records that have ceased to be
current shall be held in
departmental record rooms or
registries until their retention
for day-to-day reference is no
longer necessary.
(2) They may then be transferred
to a departmental repository;
minimum periods of retention
before transfer may be laid down
in Departmental Accounting
Instructions.
Regulation 915—Short- term
Retention.
Records for which retention of
less than four years is prescribed
shall not be transferred to
department repositories.
Regulation 916—Transfer Schedule .
(1) When records are to be
transferred to departmental
repositories, the transferring
officer shall list them on a
Records Transfer Schedule
addressed to the officer in charge
of the repository.
(2) Items shall be listed in
detail under the appropriate major
or minor classifications
prescribed in this Part, showing
the original file or volume number
and title; and so far as it is
possible, transfers shall be made
in complete batches, itemised in
an appropriate sequence.
(3) Vouchers and case papers shall
be listed by batch, showing
opening and closing reference
numbers.
Regulation 917— Repository Record.
(1) The officer in charge of the
repository shall register and
number the Transfer Schedules
received; and items received shall
be stored according to their
records classification, each item
being assigned a registration
number sufficient to ensure quick
location within the repository.
(2) This registration number shall
be noted against the relevant
entry on the Transfer Schedule.
Regulation 918— Preparation for
Storage.
(1) On receipt of records into the
repository, the officer in charge
shall examine them and ensure that
they are in fit condition for
long-term storage.
(2) This work shall include—
(a) the removal and if
appropriate, salvage of all pins,
clips, staples, working papers,
complimentary and action slips,
etc.;
(b) in the case of files, the
renewal of worn covers;
(c) checking and if necessary,
renewing file or voucher batch
titles;
(d) check for damp or inset
damage;
(e) note the repository
registration number on the record,
Regulation 919—Damaged Records.
(1) Records that have been torn or
damaged in use, or show signs of
damp or insect activity, require
skilled archival treatment.
(2) Unless the officer in charge
of the repository is a trained
activist, he shall set aside such
damaged records and seek the
assistance of the Government
Archivist in dealing with the
damage.
Regulation 920—Access Register.
A
record, to be termed the Access
Register, shall be kept at
each repository showing the use
made of records stored therein.
Regulation 921—Transfer to
National Archives.
Transfer Schedules listing records
transferred to the National
Archives shall be drawn up as
prescribed in regulation 916,
subject to any special directions
of the Government Archivist.
Regulation 922—Destruction of
Records.
The Archives Committee may
authorise the destruction of
official records:
(a) by grant of general authority
to any department to destroy
records specified by class without
reference to the Committee; or
(b) by specific authority after
examination of records on longer
required for the use of government
departments and selecting items
for transfer to a permanent
retention in the National
Archives.
Regulation 923—Authority of the
Archives Committee to be Obtained.
(1) These regulations have effect
with regard to disposal of
official and accounting records
only in so far as retention is
related to the financial
administrative needs of
government.
(2) Where classes or records are
shown in the Retention Schedule as
being disposable under
departmental arrangements, heads
of departments should ensure that
these are included among those
approved by the Archives Committee
for disposal under departmental
authority.
(3) The records may otherwise only
be destroyed under the immediate
supervision of the Archives
Committee.
Regulation 924— Method of
Disposal.
Records are noted in the Retention
Schedule as being disposable in
one of four ways, namely:
(a) destroyed under departmental
authority approved by the Archives
Committee;
(b) selectively destroyed under
departmental arrangements approved
by the Archives Committee;
(c) selectively destroyed under
the supervision of the Archives
Committee;
(d) permanently retained.
Regulation 925—Departmental
Destruction.
(1) Records scheduled for
destruction under departmental
authority may be destroyed on the
authority of a local or branch
head of department after he has
ascertained from the local
representative of the
Auditor-General that there are no
audit objections to destruction.
(2) No formal Destruction Schedule
is required although a note of the
records destroyed may be kept on
file and signed by the auditor and
the disposing authority.
Regulation 926—Departmental
Selection and Destruction.
(1) When any group of records are
scheduled for review under
departmental authority, the head
of department shall appoint a
Record and Review Committee, and
shall request the Controller and
Accountant- destruction. General
and the Auditor-General to appoint
a representative member to it.
(2) The committee shall examine
the records in question to
determine which records should be
retained for future reference and
which should be destroyed under
the powers of the head of the
department.
Regulation 927—Selection—First
Review.
(1) The purpose of the First
Review shall be to dispose of
records of minor financial and
accounting significance to which
future reference is unlikely to
be necessary or useful; the great
bulk of vouchers, minor accounts
and petty case papers being
eliminated at this stage.
(2) Criteria for retention,
subject to the direction of the
head of department shall include:
(a) records pertaining to major
areas of financial activity;
(b) records pertaining to
instructions, accounts or other
matters still current;
(c) records that might have a
training or research significance;
(d) records pertaining to the
policies or organisational
arrangements of the department.
Regulation 928—Selection—Second
Review.
(1) The purpose of the Second
Review shall be to dispose of
records which have ceased to be
relevant or useful, retaining
those which may be of permanent
value as a historical record of
the work of the department.
(2) The items selected for
permanent retention shall be those
which, in the opinion of the
Review Committee, are historically
significant in relation to the
affairs of the department as
showing organisation, policies and
achievements.
(3) Specimens of work done may be
retained as illustrative material.
Regulation 929—Destruction
Schedule.
(1) Records set aside for
destruction by the Review
Committee shall he listed
according to class on a
Destruction Schedule to be signed
by each member of the Committee.
(2) The Schedule shall be
presented for the approval and
counter-signature of the head of
department, and shall then
constitute authority for
destruction.
Regulation 930—Note of
Destruction.
If the records are held outside
the departmental repository, the
original Destruction Schedule
shall be forwarded to it;
otherwise, destruction shall be
noted in the records kept under
regulation 917.
Regulation 931—Archival section
and Destruction.
(1) The same procedures shall be
applied to records that are and
not disposable under departmental
authority, except, that the
authority of the Archives
Committee shall be obtained for
any destruction of records.
(2) The authority may be obtained
by either:
(a) a ranging for the inclusion of
a representative of the Archives
Committee on the Review Committee;
or
(b) transferring the unwanted
records to the Archives Committee
for disposal by them.
Regulation 932—Selection Process.
(1) Selection for destruction may
be made either by:
(a) discarding the record in its
entirely; or
(b) removing unimportant papers,
ledger sheets, etc. from the
record.
(2) In the later case, a note that
this has been done should be made
on the cover of the record.
Regulation 933—Permanent
Retention.
(1) Records scheduled or selected
for permanent retention shall be
kept in the departmental
repository, or by agreement
between the head of department and
the Government Archivist,
transferred to the National
Archives for safe keeping.
(2) Items thus transferred shall
be forwarded as a complete batch
of records together with the
appropriate registers to
facilitate location of individual
accounts or papers.
Regulation 934—Access to Records
in National Archives.
(1) Departmental financial and
accounting records transferred to
the National Archives for
safekeeping shall remain the
responsibility of the department
concerned until such time as they
become open to examination by the
general public.
(2) Unless a longer period for
specific records is laid down
under any enactment, the period
referred to in paragraph (1) shall
be thirty years.
Regulation 935—Methods of
Destruction.
Records may be destroyed:
(a) in the case of value book
forms, invoices, cheque stubs: by
burning or shredding;
(b) in the case of any other
record: by any means deemed
appropriate by the head of
department, including:
(i) burning or shredding;
(ii) salvage as scrap paper;
(iii) use as training records;
(iv) use as packing or insulation
material;
(v) sale as waste paper.
Regulation 936—Preservation of
Historical Documents.
(1) These regulations are intended
to apply to records current at
the time they come into force.
(2) The authorities given are not
intended to cover any document
which ceased to be current before
1970, which shall be subject to
the authority of the Archives
Committee for destruction.
Regulation 937—Old Records.
If financial or accounting records
which ceased to be current before
1930 are found, they shall be
forwarded to the departmental
repository in such a way as to
prevent damage in transit.
Regulation 938—Access to Records.
Access to financial and accounting
records in departmental to
repositories, or held for
safekeeping in the National
Archives, shall be subject to the
same rules as applied to current
accounts, papers and files namely:
(a) they shall be open to
inspection at any time by any
officer specified in regulation 1
without special authority;
(b) any security grading should be
retained and applied; such
gradings should be re-examined at
First and Second Review and
adjusted as necessary;
(c) the head of department may, at
his own discretion and subject to
rules laid down by him, personally
authorise access to unclassified
records by any other person.
SCHEDULE
Annexure
to Chapter XV
Financial and Accounting Records
to be Retained by Departments
Key to
Abbreviations
Vouchers marked* are those for
which retention is necessary under
the Limitation Decree.
Methods of
Disposal:
D ..
.. .. Records may
be destroyed under regulation 925,
with covering authority of the
Archives Committee under
regulation 923.
DSD .. ..
.. Records may be
destroyed under regulation 926,
with covering authority of the
Archives Committee under
regulation 923.
ASD .. .. ..
Records may be destroyed
under regulation 931 as approved
by the Archives Committee.
PR .. ..
.. Records to be
permanently
retained.
DAI .. ..
.. Periods of retention
and authority for destruction to
be laid down in Departmental
Accounting
Instructions.
PERIOD OF
RETENTION UNTIL
First
Review Years Second Review
Years Method of
Disposal
Class Record
1 . Published Reports . .
. . — —
PR
1.1 General . . .
. — —
PR
1.2 Limited . . .
. — —
PR
1.3 Restricted . . .
. — —
PR
2. Legal
Documents
2.1 Title Documents .
. . . 10
10 ASD
2.2 Trust Deeds .
. . . 10
10 ASD
2.3 Agreements .
. . . 6
15 ASD
2.4 Other . . .
. DAI DAI
ASD
3.
Accounts
3.1 Treasury
Accounts
3.1.1 Cash Books . .
. . 15
15 ASD
3.1.2 Tabulations .
. . . 7
8 DSD
Vouchers* . . .
. 6 10
DSD
Cards/Tapes . . .
. 2 —
D
3.1.3 Principal Ledger .
. . . 15
10 ASD
3.1.4 Subsidiary
Ledgers . . .
. 10 10
DSD
Vouchers . . .
. 3 5
DSD
3.2 Collection
Accounts
3.2.1 Collector's Cash Books
. . . . 3
5 DSD
Vouchers . . .
. 3 —
D
3.2.2 Sub-collector's Cash
Books . . . .
2 5 DSD
Vouchers . . .
. 2 —
D
3.2.3 Revenue
Ledgers . . .
. 10 10
DSD
Vouchers* Revenue Department
. . 12 5
DSD
Other Department . .
. . 6
5 DSD
3.2.4 Postal Remittance
Register . . .
. 3 —
D
3.2.5 Deposit Ledgers . .
. . 10
10 DSD
Vouchers* . . .
. 6 5
DSD
3.3 Spending Officers
Accounts
3.3.1 Payments Journal
. . .
. 7 8
DSD
Vouchers . . .
. 3 —
D
3.3.2 Commitment Journal
. . . . 7
8 DSD
Vouchers* . . .
. 6 5
D
3.3.3 Journa . . .
. 7 8
DSD
Vouchers . . .
. 3 —
D
3.3.4 Expenditure Ledger
. . . .
7 8 DSD
3.3.5 Ancillary Payments
Accounts . . . .
DAI DAI DAI
Vouchers . . .
. 3 —
D
3.4 Store
Accounts
3.4.1 Stock Accounts . .
. . 6
15 DSD
Vouchers* . . .
. 6 5
DSD
3.4.2 Usage Records . .
. . 5
10 DSD
3.4.3 Plant and Equipment
Records . . . .
10 10 DSD
3.5 Budget
Accounts
3.5.1 Main Revenue Ledger
. . . . 15
10 DSD
Vouchers . . .
. 3 —
D
3.5.2 Vote Control Accounts
. . . . 15
10 DSD
Vouchers . . .
. 3 —
D
3.5.3. Ancillary
Accounts . . .
. 10 10
DSD
Vouchers . . .
. 3 —
D
3.6 Other Departmental
Accounts
3.6.1 Main Journal .
. . . 5
10 DSD
Vouchers* . . .
. 3 —
D
3.6.2 Advances Ledger . . .
. 10 10
DSD
Vouchers . . .
. 6 5
DSD
3.6.3 Imprest Cash Books
. . . . 3
5 DSD
Vouchers . . .
. 3 —
D
3.6.4 Postal Imprest Cash Book .
. . . 2
— D
3.6.5 Register of Safes . .
. . 10 —
DSD
3.6.6 Safe Registers .
. . . 2
3 DSD
3.6.7 PE Record Cards . .
. . 15
10 DSD
3.6.8 Value Book Stock Account .
. . . 5
— D
Vouchers . . .
. 2 —
D
3.6.9 Fund Accounts . .
. . 10
10 ASD
Vouchers* . . .
. 6 5
DSD
3.6.10 Equity Investment
Accounts . . . .
10 10 ASD
3.6.11 Loss Register .
. . . 5
5 DSD
3.6.12 Claims Register . .
. . 8
5 DSD
4. Correspondence
Files
4.1 Budget . . .
. 7 15
ASD
4.2 Policy Planning .
. . . 7
15 ASD
4.3
Accounts
General . . .
. 7 10
DSD
Case Papers . . .
. 5 10
DSD
4.4 Personal . . .
. 10 10
DSD
4.5 Case Papers n.e.c.
. . . .
5 10 DSD
4.6 Reports and Returns
(non-vhrs) 5
10 DSD
4.7 Handing/Taking Over
Statement . . . .
5 5 DSD
4.8 Financial Statements-Other
Institution 10
10 ASD
4.9 Unpublished
Reports . . .
. 7 10
DSD
5. Working
Papers
As FRs 907-911 . . .
. 1 —
D
6. Archival
Records
As FRs 912-913 . . .
. — —
PR
Regulation 939—Commencement.
These Regulations shall come into
force on the same day as the
Financial Administration Decree,
1979 (S.M.C.D. 221).
J. L. S. ABBEY
Commissioner responsible for
Finance
Date of Gazette Notification: 23rd
September, 1979.
|